1 Introduction
A self-avoiding walk on a graph G is a walk that visits each vertex at most once. This notion was originally introduced in the work of the chemist Flory [Reference Flory12] to model long polymer chains, and it soon attracted the interest of the mathematical community. The primary focus has been on studying the asymptotic behaviour of a self-avoiding walk of a given length sampled uniformly at random, giving rise to questions that, while simple to pose, frequently prove challenging to resolve.
 A significant amount of research on self-avoiding walks has concentrated on answering these questions in the case of lattices in 
 $\mathbb {R}^d$
, where the model is now well-understood in dimensions
$\mathbb {R}^d$
, where the model is now well-understood in dimensions 
 $d\geq 5$
 by the seminal work of Hara and Slade [Reference Hara and Slade30, Reference Hara and Slade31]. The low-dimensional cases continue to present serious challenges. See [Reference Hammersley and Welsh29, Reference Kesten33, Reference Kesten34, Reference Duminil-Copin and Hammond8, Reference Duminil-Copin, Glazman, Hammond and Manolescu7, Reference Duminil-Copin, Ganguly, Hammond and Manolescu6, Reference Duminil-Copin and Smirnov9, Reference Krachun and Panagiotis35] and the references therein for some of the most important results. For a comprehensive introduction to the model in this context, interested readers can refer to [Reference Bauerschmidt, Duminil-Copin, Goodman and Slade2, Reference Madras and Slade38].
$d\geq 5$
 by the seminal work of Hara and Slade [Reference Hara and Slade30, Reference Hara and Slade31]. The low-dimensional cases continue to present serious challenges. See [Reference Hammersley and Welsh29, Reference Kesten33, Reference Kesten34, Reference Duminil-Copin and Hammond8, Reference Duminil-Copin, Glazman, Hammond and Manolescu7, Reference Duminil-Copin, Ganguly, Hammond and Manolescu6, Reference Duminil-Copin and Smirnov9, Reference Krachun and Panagiotis35] and the references therein for some of the most important results. For a comprehensive introduction to the model in this context, interested readers can refer to [Reference Bauerschmidt, Duminil-Copin, Goodman and Slade2, Reference Madras and Slade38].
Over the years, the study of self-avoiding walk beyond lattices has received increasing attention. The systematic study of self-avoiding walk on general transitive graphs was initiated in a series of papers by Grimmett and Li [Reference Grimmett and Li15, Reference Grimmett and Li20, Reference Grimmett and Li16, Reference Grimmett and Li17, Reference Grimmett and Li21, Reference Grimmett and Li18, Reference Grimmett and Li19, Reference Grimmett and Li23], whose work is primarily concerned with properties of the connective constant. Other works on self-avoiding walk in this context include [Reference Madras and Wu39, Reference Nachmias and Peres40, Reference Grimmett, Peres and Holroyd22, Reference Gilch and Müller14, Reference Benjamini3, Reference Li37, Reference Panagiotis41, Reference Benjamini and Panagiotis4, Reference Georgakopoulos and Wendland13]. See [Reference Grimmett and Li23] for a survey of these results.
 In this paper, we consider the self-avoiding walk on quasi-transitive graphs with more than one end. Quasi-transitive simply means that the automorphism group has finitely many orbits on vertices; for quasi-transitive graphs, having infinitely many ends is equivalent to the existence of a finite set of vertices whose removal yields at least 
 $3$
 infinite connected components – see Sections 2.5 and 2.6 for the precise definitions. Such graphs admit a group invariant tree decomposition
$3$
 infinite connected components – see Sections 2.5 and 2.6 for the precise definitions. Such graphs admit a group invariant tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T} = (T,\mathcal {V})$
; we refer the reader to Section 3 for the precise definition, but note that any such tree decomposition gives rise to a quasi-transitive action of
$\mathcal {T} = (T,\mathcal {V})$
; we refer the reader to Section 3 for the precise definition, but note that any such tree decomposition gives rise to a quasi-transitive action of 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 on the tree T. The concept of tree decomposition was initially introduced by Halin in 1976 [Reference Halin26] and later rediscovered by Robertson and Seymour [Reference Robertson and Seymour42], playing a pivotal role in proving the Graph Minor Theorem. Tree decompositions that are invariant under some group action were perhaps first studied by Dunwoody and Krön [Reference Dunwoody and Krön11], drawing inspiration from a method involving edge cuts introduced by Dunwoody in [Reference Dunwoody10]. In our context, it is crucial that these tree decompositions are not only invariant under a quasi-transitive group of automorphisms, but also satisfy some additional properties – see Corollary 3.2 for the precise statement.
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 on the tree T. The concept of tree decomposition was initially introduced by Halin in 1976 [Reference Halin26] and later rediscovered by Robertson and Seymour [Reference Robertson and Seymour42], playing a pivotal role in proving the Graph Minor Theorem. Tree decompositions that are invariant under some group action were perhaps first studied by Dunwoody and Krön [Reference Dunwoody and Krön11], drawing inspiration from a method involving edge cuts introduced by Dunwoody in [Reference Dunwoody10]. In our context, it is crucial that these tree decompositions are not only invariant under a quasi-transitive group of automorphisms, but also satisfy some additional properties – see Corollary 3.2 for the precise statement.
 One of the first instances in the study of self-avoiding walks on graphs with more than one end can be found in the work of Alm and Janson [Reference Alm and Janson1], where they specifically study the case of 
 $2$
-ended graphs. This particular case turns out to be more tractable due to the fact that the large-scale structure of the graph is similar to that of a line, that is, the tree T of the tree decomposition is isomorphic to
$2$
-ended graphs. This particular case turns out to be more tractable due to the fact that the large-scale structure of the graph is similar to that of a line, that is, the tree T of the tree decomposition is isomorphic to 
 $\mathbb Z$
. The remaining case of graphs with infinitely many ends proves to be more challenging, with the currently known results limited to either the properties of the SAW-generating functions away from their critical point [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36] or to graphs that satisfy additional geometric assumptions [Reference Gilch and Müller14, Reference Li37]. These assumptions simplify the analysis of SAWs compared to the general setting considered in this paper.
$\mathbb Z$
. The remaining case of graphs with infinitely many ends proves to be more challenging, with the currently known results limited to either the properties of the SAW-generating functions away from their critical point [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36] or to graphs that satisfy additional geometric assumptions [Reference Gilch and Müller14, Reference Li37]. These assumptions simplify the analysis of SAWs compared to the general setting considered in this paper.
 Our main results answer two fundamental questions in the study of self-avoiding walks in the case of transitive graphs with infinitely many ends, and more generally, quasi-transitive graphs G that satisfy the additional technical property that a quasi-transitive group of automorphisms 
 $\Gamma $
 of G does not fix an end of the tree T; this is in particular true if
$\Gamma $
 of G does not fix an end of the tree T; this is in particular true if 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 does not fix an end of G.
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 does not fix an end of G.
 Denote by 
 $c_n$
 the number of self-avoiding walks of length n on G started from some fixed vertex o. A fundamental quantity in the study of self-avoiding walk is the connective constant
$c_n$
 the number of self-avoiding walks of length n on G started from some fixed vertex o. A fundamental quantity in the study of self-avoiding walk is the connective constant 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mu_w=\lim_{n\to \infty} c_n^{1/n},\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mu_w=\lim_{n\to \infty} c_n^{1/n},\end{align*} $$
where the fact that the limit exists and does not depend on the starting point follows from a standard subadditivity argument [Reference Hammersley28]. The connective constant is not typically known or expected to take an interesting value, with a notable exception being the hexagonal lattice, where Duminil-Copin and Smirnov proved in a celebrated paper [Reference Duminil-Copin and Smirnov9] that 
 $\mu _w=\sqrt {2+\sqrt {2}}$
. For this reason, it is often more interesting to estimate the subexponential correction to
$\mu _w=\sqrt {2+\sqrt {2}}$
. For this reason, it is often more interesting to estimate the subexponential correction to 
 $\mu _w^n$
.
$\mu _w^n$
.
 It is predicted that on general quasi-transitive graphs, there exists a critical exponent 
 $\gamma $
 such that
$\gamma $
 such that 
 $c_n$
 grows like
$c_n$
 grows like 
 $n^{\gamma -1} \mu _w^n$
. Probabilistically,
$n^{\gamma -1} \mu _w^n$
. Probabilistically, 
 $\gamma $
 is the exponent governing the algebraic rate of decay of the probability that two independent self-avoiding walks do not intersect. The critical exponent
$\gamma $
 is the exponent governing the algebraic rate of decay of the probability that two independent self-avoiding walks do not intersect. The critical exponent 
 $\gamma $
 is expected to be universal, in the sense that it depends only on the growth dimension of the graph and not on its microscopic details. The growth dimension refers to the exponent d such that the ball of radius r has size of order
$\gamma $
 is expected to be universal, in the sense that it depends only on the growth dimension of the graph and not on its microscopic details. The growth dimension refers to the exponent d such that the ball of radius r has size of order 
 $r^d$
 for graphs of polynomial growth, and is considered infinite for graphs of superpolynomial growth. In dimensions
$r^d$
 for graphs of polynomial growth, and is considered infinite for graphs of superpolynomial growth. In dimensions 
 $d\geq 5$
,
$d\geq 5$
, 
 $\gamma $
 is expected to always take the value
$\gamma $
 is expected to always take the value 
 $\gamma =1$
. Quasi-transitive graphs with infinitely many ends have exponential growth and hence infinite growth dimension, so one expects that
$\gamma =1$
. Quasi-transitive graphs with infinitely many ends have exponential growth and hence infinite growth dimension, so one expects that 
 $\gamma =1$
.
$\gamma =1$
.
 Our first result states that for the graphs under consideration, 
 $c_n$
 grows asymptotically like
$c_n$
 grows asymptotically like 
 $\mu _w^n$
, thus establishing that
$\mu _w^n$
, thus establishing that 
 $\gamma =1$
.
$\gamma =1$
.
Theorem 1.1. If a connected quasi-transitive graph G has infinitely many ends, and 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 does not fix an end of G, then there exist
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 does not fix an end of G, then there exist 
 $k\geq 1$
,
$k\geq 1$
, 
 $a_1,a_2,\ldots ,a_k> 0$
 and
$a_1,a_2,\ldots ,a_k> 0$
 and 
 $c>0$
 such that for every
$c>0$
 such that for every 
 $q\geq 1$
 and
$q\geq 1$
 and 
 $r=0,1,\ldots ,k-1$
 we have
$r=0,1,\ldots ,k-1$
 we have 
 $$ \begin{align} c_{qk+r}=a_r \mu_w^{qk+r} (1+O(e^{-c q})). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} c_{qk+r}=a_r \mu_w^{qk+r} (1+O(e^{-c q})). \end{align} $$
In particular, there exist 
 $C_1,C_2>0$
 such that
$C_1,C_2>0$
 such that 
 $$ \begin{align} C_1\mu_w^n\leq c_n\leq C_2\mu_w^n \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} C_1\mu_w^n\leq c_n\leq C_2\mu_w^n \end{align} $$
for every 
 $n\geq 1$
, and we can choose
$n\geq 1$
, and we can choose 
 $C_1=1$
 if G is a transitive graph.
$C_1=1$
 if G is a transitive graph.
Our second main result concerns the displacement of a typical self-avoiding walk of length n. Recall that the self-avoiding walk is called ballistic if the expected distance between the first and last vertex of a randomly chosen self-avoiding walk of length n is linear in n. Theorem 1.2 below clearly implies that this is the case for quasi-transitive graphs with infinitely many ends, provided that the automorphism group does not fix an end.
 In order to formally state this theorem, define 
 $\mathbb {P}_n$
 to be the uniform measure on self-avoiding walks of length n in G starting from o, and write
$\mathbb {P}_n$
 to be the uniform measure on self-avoiding walks of length n in G starting from o, and write 
 $w=(w_0,w_1,\ldots ,w_n)$
 for a random self-avoiding walk sampled from
$w=(w_0,w_1,\ldots ,w_n)$
 for a random self-avoiding walk sampled from 
 $\mathbb {P}_n$
. Write
$\mathbb {P}_n$
. Write 
 $d_G(\cdot ,\cdot )$
 for the graph distance in G.
$d_G(\cdot ,\cdot )$
 for the graph distance in G.
Theorem 1.2. If G is a connected quasi-transitive graph with infinitely many ends, and 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 does not fix an end of T, then there exist constants
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 does not fix an end of T, then there exist constants 
 $c,t>0$
 such that
$c,t>0$
 such that 
 $\mathbb {P}_n(d_G(w_0,w_n)\geq cn)\geq 1-e^{-tn}$
 for every
$\mathbb {P}_n(d_G(w_0,w_n)\geq cn)\geq 1-e^{-tn}$
 for every 
 $n\geq 1$
.
$n\geq 1$
.
 It turns out that if 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 fixes an end of G then it is nonunimodular. To see this, let x and y be two vertices where y lies in some small separator separating x from the fixed end
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 fixes an end of G then it is nonunimodular. To see this, let x and y be two vertices where y lies in some small separator separating x from the fixed end 
 $\omega $
, but far away from x. Then the size of the orbit of y under
$\omega $
, but far away from x. Then the size of the orbit of y under 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)_x$
 is bounded by some absolute constant, but the size of the orbit of x under
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)_x$
 is bounded by some absolute constant, but the size of the orbit of x under 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)_y$
 grows as we increase the distance between x and y. Transitive graphs whose automorphism group admits a nonunimodular transitive subgroup were treated by Hutchcroft [Reference Hutchcroft32], who proved that (1.2) and the conclusion of Theorem 1.2 hold in this context. Thus we obtain the following result.
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)_y$
 grows as we increase the distance between x and y. Transitive graphs whose automorphism group admits a nonunimodular transitive subgroup were treated by Hutchcroft [Reference Hutchcroft32], who proved that (1.2) and the conclusion of Theorem 1.2 hold in this context. Thus we obtain the following result.
Theorem 1.3. Let G be a connected transitive graph with infinitely many ends. Then there exists constant 
 $C>0$
 such that
$C>0$
 such that 
 $$\begin{align*}\mu_w^n \leq c_n \leq C\mu_w^n. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mu_w^n \leq c_n \leq C\mu_w^n. \end{align*}$$
Moreover, there exist constants 
 $c,t>0$
 such that
$c,t>0$
 such that 
 $\mathbb {P}_n(d_G(w_0,w_n)\geq cn)\geq 1-e^{-tn}$
 for every
$\mathbb {P}_n(d_G(w_0,w_n)\geq cn)\geq 1-e^{-tn}$
 for every 
 $n\geq 1$
.
$n\geq 1$
.
1.1 Overview of the proof
A natural approach to proving Theorem 1.2 would be to exploit the tree-like structure of the underlying graph to construct ‘separating patterns’ of finite length. These patterns would force any self-avoiding walk containing such a pattern to have its segments before and after the pattern confined to different parts of the graph. To prove that a typical self-avoiding walk moves ballistically, one could first establish an appropriate analogue of Kesten’s pattern theorem [Reference Kesten33], which would show that such ‘separating patterns’ appear with positive frequency in long walks with exponentially high probability. This approach was employed by Li in [Reference Li37], who considered graphs with more than one end that have a special structure that allows the construction of such patterns. Unfortunately, on general graphs with more than one end, it seems very hard to find such patterns; thus, in order to obtain a result which does not rely on the existence of certain substructures we need to employ fundamentally different ideas.
 Our approach is similar to that of Alm and Janson in [Reference Alm and Janson1]: leveraging the tree decomposition, we decompose the graph into finite or infinite parts, and analyse the restrictions of self-avoiding walks to these parts. The projection of a self-avoiding walk of length n onto the underlying tree T of the tree-decomposition behaves like a (non-Markovian) random walk that at each step either stays put or jumps to a neighbouring vertex. We first show that this random walk typically spends a finite number of steps at each vertex it visits, implying that it typically completes 
 $O(n)$
 vertex-to-vertex transitions. The random walk has the property that it can traverse any edge a bounded number of times, which is enough to ensure that it will reach distance
$O(n)$
 vertex-to-vertex transitions. The random walk has the property that it can traverse any edge a bounded number of times, which is enough to ensure that it will reach distance 
 $O(n)$
 away from the starting point. To obtain the desired ballisticity, it remains to show that the random walk will not end close to where it started once it has reached distance
$O(n)$
 away from the starting point. To obtain the desired ballisticity, it remains to show that the random walk will not end close to where it started once it has reached distance 
 $O(n)$
. To this end, we prove that once an edge is traversed, it is unlikely to be traversed again in the opposite direction after a long time, regardless of whether ‘separating patterns’ exist, since this would cause several edges to be traversed multiple times.
$O(n)$
. To this end, we prove that once an edge is traversed, it is unlikely to be traversed again in the opposite direction after a long time, regardless of whether ‘separating patterns’ exist, since this would cause several edges to be traversed multiple times.
1.2 Tools and methods
We now provide a high-level overview of the main technical ingredients of our proof method. The restrictions of a self-avoiding walk to parts of a tree decomposition give rise to the notions of configurations, shapes and arrangements. Similar notions were also introduced in [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36], but as we are working in a greater generality (in particular, parts can be infinite in our setting), some modifications in the definitions are necessary. Intuitively, each shape describes the restriction of a self-avoiding walk to a part of the tree decomposition, and each configuration describes how a self-avoiding walk crosses between two neighbouring parts. Arrangements are collections of shapes and configurations satisfying a compatibility condition. Intuitively, this means that the partial descriptions of a self-avoiding walk given by the shapes and configurations in an arrangement fit together; in other words, a (complete) arrangement may be thought of as the set of restrictions of a self-avoiding walk to parts, together with the information how the self-avoiding walk crosses between pairs of neighbouring parts; see Figure 1 for an example. We will keep using this graph as a running example to illustrate key concepts throughout the paper, but remind the reader that the general situation is more complicated since the graphs we are interested in have infinitely many ends, whereas this graph only has two ends.

Figure 1 A self-avoiding walk and its decomposition into configurations and shapes. Note that every edge of the graph appears in exactly one part. Dashed edges correspond to detours whose edges do not lie in this part; configurations also keep track on which side the detour lies on. The little arrows pointing in and out of every configuration indicate the side on which the first and last edge of the self-avoiding walk lie, respectively.
Precise definitions are introduced in Section 4; for now we point out that there is a natural bijection between arrangements and self-avoiding walks, and hence we may study arrangements in order to understand self-avoiding walks. We note that even though self-avoiding walks are highly non-Markovian, arrangements satisfy a spatial Markov property in the sense that compatibility of shapes and configurations is a local property; this means that in order to study arrangements, we do not have to consider their global structures, but may focus on the individual configurations and shapes. This observation is only useful for self-avoiding walks which intersect more than one part, as otherwise the self-avoiding walk is the same as its restriction to a single part, and we have not gained any insight. However, it turns out that the probability that a self-avoiding walk stays within one part is exponentially small – see Lemma 6.6.
 The spatial Markov property of configurations gives rise to a natural recursive structure which enables us to obtain a system of equations linking the partition functions of arrangements ‘rooted at’ given configurations. This system can be encoded using a Jacobian matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}(z)$
, thereby reducing the problem of determining the asymptotic behaviour of self-avoiding walk to identifying which irreducible components of
$\mathfrak {J}(z)$
, thereby reducing the problem of determining the asymptotic behaviour of self-avoiding walk to identifying which irreducible components of 
 $\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 have spectral radius equal to
$\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 have spectral radius equal to 
 $1$
 at the critical point
$1$
 at the critical point 
 $z=1/\mu _w$
.
$z=1/\mu _w$
.
 We will distinguish between irreducible components rooted at I-configurations and U-configurations. Precise definitions will be given later, but intuitively, an I-configuration means that the corresponding self-avoiding walk starts and ends on different sides, and a U-configuration between two parts means that the corresponding self-avoiding walk starts and ends on the same side. For instance, configurations 
 $c_2$
 and
$c_2$
 and 
 $c_3$
 in the example in Figure 1 are I-configurations, and configurations
$c_3$
 in the example in Figure 1 are I-configurations, and configurations 
 $c_1$
,
$c_1$
, 
 $c_4$
 and
$c_4$
 and 
 $c_5$
 are U-configurations.
$c_5$
 are U-configurations.
 As a key step in our approach, we establish that the spectral radius of each component of U-configurations is strictly smaller than 
 $1$
 at the critical point. After developing a geometric construction that allows us to transform walks, we employ an argument in the spirit of Kesten’s pattern lemma [Reference Kesten33] to show that self-avoiding walks consisting only of U-configurations are exponentially rare. In particular, this holds for self-avoiding polygons, walks that start and end at the same vertex and are otherwise self-avoiding. The latter is known to imply that self-avoiding walk is ballistic [Reference Panagiotis41], and Theorem 1.2 follows.
$1$
 at the critical point. After developing a geometric construction that allows us to transform walks, we employ an argument in the spirit of Kesten’s pattern lemma [Reference Kesten33] to show that self-avoiding walks consisting only of U-configurations are exponentially rare. In particular, this holds for self-avoiding polygons, walks that start and end at the same vertex and are otherwise self-avoiding. The latter is known to imply that self-avoiding walk is ballistic [Reference Panagiotis41], and Theorem 1.2 follows.
 To deduce Theorem 1.1, we establish that only one irreducible component possesses a spectral radius equal to 
 $1$
 at
$1$
 at 
 $z=1/\mu _w$
, namely the persistent I-configurations. Leveraging the Perron-Frobenius theorem, we conclude that the spectral radius is a simple eigenvalue, allowing us to deduce that the self-avoiding walk-generating function has only simple poles. This, in turn, implies that
$z=1/\mu _w$
, namely the persistent I-configurations. Leveraging the Perron-Frobenius theorem, we conclude that the spectral radius is a simple eigenvalue, allowing us to deduce that the self-avoiding walk-generating function has only simple poles. This, in turn, implies that 
 $c_n$
 grows asymptotically like
$c_n$
 grows asymptotically like 
 $\mu _w^n$
.
$\mu _w^n$
.
1.3 Paper organisation
 In Section 2 we define the model and gather some relevant definitions and results from graph theory, linear algebra and complex analysis. In Sections 3 and 4 we introduce the notions of tree decompositions, configurations, and arrangements and prove some basic facts about them. In particular, we give a bijection between self-avoiding walks and certain configurations which will allow us to translate between the two objects. Next, in Section 5 we introduce the Jacobian matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 and we establish the connection with the spectral radius of its irreducible components. Subsequently, in Section 6 we show the analyticity of
$\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 and we establish the connection with the spectral radius of its irreducible components. Subsequently, in Section 6 we show the analyticity of 
 $\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 and the partition functions of U-configurations at the critical point. In Section 7 we prove that the spectral radius of several irreducible components is strictly smaller than
$\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 and the partition functions of U-configurations at the critical point. In Section 7 we prove that the spectral radius of several irreducible components is strictly smaller than 
 $1$
 at the critical point. Finally, in Section 8 we finish the proof of Theorems 1.1 and 1.2.
$1$
 at the critical point. Finally, in Section 8 we finish the proof of Theorems 1.1 and 1.2.
2 Definitions and basic background
In this section, we gather some definitions that will be used throughout the paper. Most of our notation is standard, but there is some new notation as well; we hence encourage even readers familiar with graph theory to skim this section.
2.1 Graph-theoretic definitions
 A digraph G consists of a set of vertices 
 $V(G)$
 and a set of arcs
$V(G)$
 and a set of arcs 
 $E(G)$
. Arcs are considered to be oriented, so every arc e is assigned an initial vertex
$E(G)$
. Arcs are considered to be oriented, so every arc e is assigned an initial vertex 
 $e^- \in V(G)$
 and a terminal vertex
$e^- \in V(G)$
 and a terminal vertex 
 $e^+ \in V(G)$
, which are different vertices of G; note that we allow different edges to have the same initial and terminal vertex. A graph is a digraph G together with a bijection
$e^+ \in V(G)$
, which are different vertices of G; note that we allow different edges to have the same initial and terminal vertex. A graph is a digraph G together with a bijection 
 $\bar {} \; \colon E(G) \to E(G)$
 such that
$\bar {} \; \colon E(G) \to E(G)$
 such that 
 $\bar {e}^+=e^-$
,
$\bar {e}^+=e^-$
, 
 $\bar {e}^-=e^+$
 and
$\bar {e}^-=e^+$
 and 
 $\bar {\bar {e}}=e$
. This means that arcs appear in pairs
$\bar {\bar {e}}=e$
. This means that arcs appear in pairs 
 $e, \bar {e}$
 having the same endpoints but different direction. We call such an unordered pair
$e, \bar {e}$
 having the same endpoints but different direction. We call such an unordered pair 
 $\{e,\bar e\}$
 an edge. A digraph is called simple if it contains no arcs which are different but have the same initial and terminal vertex. In this case we sometimes abuse notation and write
$\{e,\bar e\}$
 an edge. A digraph is called simple if it contains no arcs which are different but have the same initial and terminal vertex. In this case we sometimes abuse notation and write 
 $e=e^-e^+$
. For a vertex v of G, we denote by
$e=e^-e^+$
. For a vertex v of G, we denote by 
 $E(v)$
 the set of all arcs with initial vertex v and by
$E(v)$
 the set of all arcs with initial vertex v and by 
 $\mathrm {deg}(v)=\left \lvert E(v)\right \rvert $
 the degree of v, that is,
$\mathrm {deg}(v)=\left \lvert E(v)\right \rvert $
 the degree of v, that is, 
 $\mathrm {deg}(v)$
 is the number of outgoing arcs of v. A digraph is called locally finite, if all vertices have finite degree.
$\mathrm {deg}(v)$
 is the number of outgoing arcs of v. A digraph is called locally finite, if all vertices have finite degree.
2.2 Definition of the model
 A walk in a digraph is an alternating sequence 
 $p=(v_0,e_1,v_1, \dots , e_n,v_n)$
 of vertices
$p=(v_0,e_1,v_1, \dots , e_n,v_n)$
 of vertices 
 $v_i \in V(G)$
 and arcs
$v_i \in V(G)$
 and arcs 
 $e_i \in E(G)$
 such that
$e_i \in E(G)$
 such that 
 $e_{i}^-=v_{i-1}$
 and
$e_{i}^-=v_{i-1}$
 and 
 $e_i^+=v_i$
 for every
$e_i^+=v_i$
 for every 
 $i \in [n]$
. We point out that we cannot define a walk purely as a sequence of vertices because there may be more than one edge connecting the same pair of vertices. The length of the walk
$i \in [n]$
. We point out that we cannot define a walk purely as a sequence of vertices because there may be more than one edge connecting the same pair of vertices. The length of the walk 
 $p=(v_0,e_1,v_1, \dots , e_n,v_n)$
, denoted by
$p=(v_0,e_1,v_1, \dots , e_n,v_n)$
, denoted by 
 $\left \lvert p\right \rvert $
, is the number n of arcs in p. Its initial vertex is
$\left \lvert p\right \rvert $
, is the number n of arcs in p. Its initial vertex is 
 $p^-=v_0$
 and its terminal vertex is
$p^-=v_0$
 and its terminal vertex is 
 $p^+=v_n$
. For convenience, we include in our definition the trivial walk
$p^+=v_n$
. For convenience, we include in our definition the trivial walk 
 $(v)$
 of length
$(v)$
 of length 
 $0$
, starting (and ending) at a vertex v and also the empty walk
$0$
, starting (and ending) at a vertex v and also the empty walk 
 $\emptyset $
 consisting of no vertices and no arcs.
$\emptyset $
 consisting of no vertices and no arcs.
 A self-avoiding walk (or SAW) is a walk p whose vertices are pairwise different. We write 
 $c_n(x)$
 for the number of self-avoiding walks of length n with initial vertex x, and
$c_n(x)$
 for the number of self-avoiding walks of length n with initial vertex x, and 
 $c_n$
 for
$c_n$
 for 
 $c_n(o)$
, where o is some fixed root vertex in G. We define
$c_n(o)$
, where o is some fixed root vertex in G. We define 
 $$\begin{align*}\mu_w(x)=\limsup_{n\to \infty}c_n(x)^{1/n}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mu_w(x)=\limsup_{n\to \infty}c_n(x)^{1/n}.\end{align*}$$
We recall that on a quasi-transitive graph, the limit exists and does not depend on the base point [Reference Hammersley28]. In this case, we will simply write 
 $\mu _w$
.
$\mu _w$
.
 A self-avoiding polygon is a walk 
 $p=(v_0,e_1,v_1, \dots , e_n,v_n)$
 with
$p=(v_0,e_1,v_1, \dots , e_n,v_n)$
 with 
 $v_0=v_n$
 and with
$v_0=v_n$
 and with 
 $v_i\neq v_j$
 for distinct pairs
$v_i\neq v_j$
 for distinct pairs 
 $i, j$
 other than the pair
$i, j$
 other than the pair 
 $0,n$
. As in [Reference Panagiotis41], we identify two self-avoiding polygons which share the same set of edges. We write
$0,n$
. As in [Reference Panagiotis41], we identify two self-avoiding polygons which share the same set of edges. We write 
 $p_n(x)$
 for the number of self-avoiding polygons of length n with initial vertex x. We also write
$p_n(x)$
 for the number of self-avoiding polygons of length n with initial vertex x. We also write 
 $p_n$
 for the number of self-avoiding polygons of length n starting at the fixed root vertex o. We define
$p_n$
 for the number of self-avoiding polygons of length n starting at the fixed root vertex o. We define 
 $$\begin{align*}\mu_p(x)=\limsup_{n\to \infty}p_n(x)^{1/n},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mu_p(x)=\limsup_{n\to \infty}p_n(x)^{1/n},\end{align*}$$
and
 $$\begin{align*}\mu_p=\limsup_{n\to \infty}\left(\sup_{x\in V}p_n(x)\right)^{1/n}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mu_p=\limsup_{n\to \infty}\left(\sup_{x\in V}p_n(x)\right)^{1/n}.\end{align*}$$
In certain cases, it is more convenient to work with self-avoiding walks that start at a vertex x and end at a neighbour vertex of x. We call these walks self-avoiding returns.
2.3 Graph distance and connectedness
 Let G be a digraph and let u and v be vertices of G. The distance 
 $d_G(u,v)$
 from u to v is the length of the shortest walk with initial vertex u and terminal vertex v. If no such walk exists,
$d_G(u,v)$
 from u to v is the length of the shortest walk with initial vertex u and terminal vertex v. If no such walk exists, 
 $d_G(u,v)$
 is infinite. We extend this notation to subsets of
$d_G(u,v)$
 is infinite. We extend this notation to subsets of 
 $V(G)$
 in the obvious way: the distance of two sets is the minimal distance between elements of these sets. We also extend this definition to arcs of G. For technical reasons we prefer a pair of arcs to have distance 0 if and only if the two arcs have the same set of endpoints. Thus for two arcs
$V(G)$
 in the obvious way: the distance of two sets is the minimal distance between elements of these sets. We also extend this definition to arcs of G. For technical reasons we prefer a pair of arcs to have distance 0 if and only if the two arcs have the same set of endpoints. Thus for two arcs 
 $e,f \in E(G)$
 we define
$e,f \in E(G)$
 we define 
 $$\begin{align*}d_G(e,f) = \begin{cases} 0 \quad &\text{if } \{e^-,e^+\} = \{f^-, f^+\} \text{ (as sets),}\\ d_G(\{e^-,e^+\},\{f^-, f^+\})+1 \quad &\text{otherwise}. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}d_G(e,f) = \begin{cases} 0 \quad &\text{if } \{e^-,e^+\} = \{f^-, f^+\} \text{ (as sets),}\\ d_G(\{e^-,e^+\},\{f^-, f^+\})+1 \quad &\text{otherwise}. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
Observe that if G is a graph, the distance is symmetric on both 
 $V(G)$
 and
$V(G)$
 and 
 $E(G)$
; however, it is only a metric on
$E(G)$
; however, it is only a metric on 
 $V(G)$
 because an arc and its inverse have distance
$V(G)$
 because an arc and its inverse have distance 
 $0$
.
$0$
.
 A digraph G is strongly connected if for any two vertices 
 $u,v$
 there is a walk p in G starting at u and ending at v. Note that this implies that any two vertices in the digraph are connected by walks in both directions. A strong component of G is a maximal strongly connected subgraph. If G is a graph, we usually omit the word ‘strong’ in both notations.
$u,v$
 there is a walk p in G starting at u and ending at v. Note that this implies that any two vertices in the digraph are connected by walks in both directions. A strong component of G is a maximal strongly connected subgraph. If G is a graph, we usually omit the word ‘strong’ in both notations.
 For 
 $K \subseteq V(G)$
 we denote by
$K \subseteq V(G)$
 we denote by 
 $G-K$
 the subgraph obtained from G by removing K and all arcs incident to K. If removing K disconnects G, then K is called a separating set. Furthermore, we denote by
$G-K$
 the subgraph obtained from G by removing K and all arcs incident to K. If removing K disconnects G, then K is called a separating set. Furthermore, we denote by 
 $G[K]$
 the subgraph of G induced by K, that is the graph
$G[K]$
 the subgraph of G induced by K, that is the graph 
 $G-(V(G)\setminus K)$
.
$G-(V(G)\setminus K)$
.
 A walk is closed if its initial and terminal vertices coincide. A closed walk p of length at least 
 $3$
 is called a cycle if all vertices except the initial and terminal vertices are pairwise different; note that closed walks of length
$3$
 is called a cycle if all vertices except the initial and terminal vertices are pairwise different; note that closed walks of length 
 $2$
 are not considered cycles in this paper even though they use different arcs for both directions. A tree is a connected graph that does not contain any cycle. A tree consisting only of vertices of degree at most 2 is called a path. We point out that, unlike walks, we consider paths to be graphs and therefore a path has no ‘direction’; a finite path can be seen as the support of a SAW. Given two disjoint subsets A and B of vertices of a graph G, an A–B-path on G is a finite path intersecting A and B only in its two endpoints.
$2$
 are not considered cycles in this paper even though they use different arcs for both directions. A tree is a connected graph that does not contain any cycle. A tree consisting only of vertices of degree at most 2 is called a path. We point out that, unlike walks, we consider paths to be graphs and therefore a path has no ‘direction’; a finite path can be seen as the support of a SAW. Given two disjoint subsets A and B of vertices of a graph G, an A–B-path on G is a finite path intersecting A and B only in its two endpoints.
2.4 Surgery on walks and multiwalks
 Let p be a walk. For two vertices u and v of p we write 
 $u p v$
 for the maximal sub-walk of p starting at u and ending at v. If
$u p v$
 for the maximal sub-walk of p starting at u and ending at v. If 
 $u=v_0$
 or
$u=v_0$
 or 
 $v=v_n$
 we omit the corresponding vertex and denote the sub-walk by
$v=v_n$
 we omit the corresponding vertex and denote the sub-walk by 
 $p v$
 or
$p v$
 or 
 $u p$
, respectively. We extend this notation even further. For walks
$u p$
, respectively. We extend this notation even further. For walks 
 $p_1, \dots , p_n$
 and vertices
$p_1, \dots , p_n$
 and vertices 
 $v_0, \dots , v_n$
 in the respective walks, we denote the concatenation
$v_0, \dots , v_n$
 in the respective walks, we denote the concatenation 
 $(v_0 p_1 v_1)(v_1 p_2 v_2) \dots (v_{n-1} p_n v_n)$
 of the sub-walks
$(v_0 p_1 v_1)(v_1 p_2 v_2) \dots (v_{n-1} p_n v_n)$
 of the sub-walks 
 $v_{i-1} p_i v_i$
 by
$v_{i-1} p_i v_i$
 by 
 $v_0 p_1 v_1 p_2 \dots p_n v_n$
. If the terminal vertex v of
$v_0 p_1 v_1 p_2 \dots p_n v_n$
. If the terminal vertex v of 
 $p_1$
 coincides with the initial vertex of
$p_1$
 coincides with the initial vertex of 
 $p_2$
, we write
$p_2$
, we write 
 $p_1p_2$
 instead of
$p_1p_2$
 instead of 
 $p_1vp_2$
, and similarly for concatenations of multiple walks. If e is an arc connecting the terminal vertex
$p_1vp_2$
, and similarly for concatenations of multiple walks. If e is an arc connecting the terminal vertex 
 $v_1$
 of
$v_1$
 of 
 $p_1$
 to the initial vertex
$p_1$
 to the initial vertex 
 $v_2$
 of
$v_2$
 of 
 $p_2$
, then we write
$p_2$
, then we write 
 $p_1 e p_2$
 instead of
$p_1 e p_2$
 instead of 
 $p_1 v_1 (v_1,e,v_2) v_2 p_2$
, and similarly for concatenations with more than two parts.
$p_1 v_1 (v_1,e,v_2) v_2 p_2$
, and similarly for concatenations with more than two parts.
 A multiwalk p is a sequence of vertices and arcs obtained by stringing together the sequences of vertices and arcs corresponding to walks 
 $p_1, \dots , p_k$
; the
$p_1, \dots , p_k$
; the 
 $p_i$
 are called the walk components of p. In other words, a multiwalk is a sequence of vertices and arcs, such that every arc in the sequence is preceded by its initial vertex and succeeded by its terminal vertex. Note that each of the walks
$p_i$
 are called the walk components of p. In other words, a multiwalk is a sequence of vertices and arcs, such that every arc in the sequence is preceded by its initial vertex and succeeded by its terminal vertex. Note that each of the walks 
 $p_i$
 is a sequence starting and ending with a vertex, so that the final vertex of
$p_i$
 is a sequence starting and ending with a vertex, so that the final vertex of 
 $p_i$
 and the initial vertex of
$p_i$
 and the initial vertex of 
 $p_{i+1}$
 will appear next to each other in the sequence p. In fact every appearance of two consecutive vertices in a multiwalk always marks the start of a new walk component.
$p_{i+1}$
 will appear next to each other in the sequence p. In fact every appearance of two consecutive vertices in a multiwalk always marks the start of a new walk component.
2.5 Rays and ends
A ray is a one-way infinite path and a double ray is a two-way infinite path.
 Two rays in a graph G are called equivalent, if for every finite set 
 $K \subseteq V(G)$
 they end up in the same component of
$K \subseteq V(G)$
 they end up in the same component of 
 $G-K$
, that is, all but finitely many of their vertices are contained in that component. An end of G is an equivalence class of rays with respect to this equivalence relation. Note that for every finite set
$G-K$
, that is, all but finitely many of their vertices are contained in that component. An end of G is an equivalence class of rays with respect to this equivalence relation. Note that for every finite set 
 $K \subseteq V(G)$
 and every end
$K \subseteq V(G)$
 and every end 
 $\omega $
, there is a component H of
$\omega $
, there is a component H of 
 $G-K$
 such that all but finitely many vertices of each ray in
$G-K$
 such that all but finitely many vertices of each ray in 
 $\omega $
 are contained in H; in such a case we say that
$\omega $
 are contained in H; in such a case we say that 
 $\omega $
 lies in H. Two ends
$\omega $
 lies in H. Two ends 
 $\omega _1$
 and
$\omega _1$
 and 
 $\omega _2$
 of a graph G are separated by K if they lie in different components of
$\omega _2$
 of a graph G are separated by K if they lie in different components of 
 $G-K$
. Halin [Reference Halin24] showed that an end containing arbitrarily many disjoint rays must contain an infinite family of disjoint rays, hence the maximum number of disjoint rays contained in an end
$G-K$
. Halin [Reference Halin24] showed that an end containing arbitrarily many disjoint rays must contain an infinite family of disjoint rays, hence the maximum number of disjoint rays contained in an end 
 $\omega $
 is well defined and lies in
$\omega $
 is well defined and lies in 
 $\mathbb {N} \cup \{\infty \}$
. This number is called the size of the end
$\mathbb {N} \cup \{\infty \}$
. This number is called the size of the end 
 $\omega $
. An end of finite size is called thin, and an end of infinite size is called thick.
$\omega $
. An end of finite size is called thin, and an end of infinite size is called thick.
2.6 Graph automorphisms
 An automorphism 
 $\gamma $
 of a graph G is a permutation of
$\gamma $
 of a graph G is a permutation of 
 $V(G)$
 and
$V(G)$
 and 
 $E(G)$
 preserving the neighbourhood relation in G. More precisely, for every arc
$E(G)$
 preserving the neighbourhood relation in G. More precisely, for every arc 
 $e \in E(G)$
 it satisfies
$e \in E(G)$
 it satisfies 
 $(\gamma e)^- = \gamma e^-$
 and
$(\gamma e)^- = \gamma e^-$
 and  . The set of all automorphisms of G forms a group which is called the automorphism group of G and denoted by
. The set of all automorphisms of G forms a group which is called the automorphism group of G and denoted by 
 $\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
. For a subgroup
$\mathrm {AUT}(G)$
. For a subgroup 
 $\Gamma \subseteq \mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 we can define an equivalence relation on
$\Gamma \subseteq \mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 we can define an equivalence relation on 
 $V(G)$
 by
$V(G)$
 by 
 $u \sim v \iff \exists \;\gamma \in \Gamma \colon u = \gamma v$
. The equivalence classes with respect to this relation are called orbits; the orbit containing a vertex v is denoted by
$u \sim v \iff \exists \;\gamma \in \Gamma \colon u = \gamma v$
. The equivalence classes with respect to this relation are called orbits; the orbit containing a vertex v is denoted by 
 $\Gamma v$
. We say that
$\Gamma v$
. We say that 
 $\Gamma $
 acts (vertex) transitively, or simply transitively, if there is exactly one orbit, and that it acts quasi-transitively, if there are only finitely many orbits. In this case, the graph G is also called (quasi-)transitive. Similarly, we say that
$\Gamma $
 acts (vertex) transitively, or simply transitively, if there is exactly one orbit, and that it acts quasi-transitively, if there are only finitely many orbits. In this case, the graph G is also called (quasi-)transitive. Similarly, we say that 
 $\Gamma $
 acts arc transitively, if the action of
$\Gamma $
 acts arc transitively, if the action of 
 $\Gamma $
 on
$\Gamma $
 on 
 $E(G)$
 has a single orbit and edge transitively, if it admits a single orbit on the set of edges. A subgraph H of G is called
$E(G)$
 has a single orbit and edge transitively, if it admits a single orbit on the set of edges. A subgraph H of G is called 
 $\gamma $
-invariant for
$\gamma $
-invariant for 
 $\gamma \in \mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 if
$\gamma \in \mathrm {AUT}(G)$
 if 
 $\gamma (H)=H$
.
$\gamma (H)=H$
.
It is well known that if an infinite, locally finite, connected graph is quasi-transitive, then it has either one, two or infinitely many ends. If it has one end, this end is thick. If it has two ends, both are thin and must have the same size. Finally, if it has infinitely many ends, then it must have thin ends. These and many more results were given by Halin in [Reference Halin25].
2.7 Open subgraphs
It will be convenient for us to consider subgraphs which are allowed to contain edges of which they do not contain both endpoints.
 An open subgraph H of G consists of a vertex set 
 $V(H) \subseteq V(G)$
 and the set
$V(H) \subseteq V(G)$
 and the set 
 $E(H)=\{e \in E(G) \mid e^- \in V(H)\}$
 of all outgoing arcs of
$E(H)=\{e \in E(G) \mid e^- \in V(H)\}$
 of all outgoing arcs of 
 $V(H)$
 in G. Note that H is uniquely determined by its vertex set
$V(H)$
 in G. Note that H is uniquely determined by its vertex set 
 $V(H)$
; we say that H is the open subgraph induced by
$V(H)$
; we say that H is the open subgraph induced by 
 $V(H)$
. We call H finite, if
$V(H)$
. We call H finite, if 
 $V(H)$
 is finite. Arcs
$V(H)$
 is finite. Arcs 
 $e \in E(H)$
 such that
$e \in E(H)$
 such that 
 $e^+ \in V(G) \setminus V(H)$
 are called boundary arcs of H, and the set of all boundary arcs is denoted by
$e^+ \in V(G) \setminus V(H)$
 are called boundary arcs of H, and the set of all boundary arcs is denoted by 
 $\partial E(H)$
. Observe that an open subgraph is a graph if and only if the set of boundary arcs is empty. The main idea behind the definition of open subgraphs is the following: for every partition of the vertex set
$\partial E(H)$
. Observe that an open subgraph is a graph if and only if the set of boundary arcs is empty. The main idea behind the definition of open subgraphs is the following: for every partition of the vertex set 
 $V(G)$
, the graph G is the disjoint union of the open subgraphs of G induced by the sets in the partition.
$V(G)$
, the graph G is the disjoint union of the open subgraphs of G induced by the sets in the partition.
 An open subgraph H of G is called open subtree if 
 $G[V(H)]$
 is a tree and it is called open path if
$G[V(H)]$
 is a tree and it is called open path if 
 $G[V(H)]$
 is a path. The leaves of an open subtree are the leaves of the underlying tree; in other words, when talking about the leaves of an open subtree, we ignore all boundary edges. For convenience, we let the length of an open path be the number of vertices it contains. Note that this is not the length of the underlying path – intuitively we may imagine that an open path contains an additional ‘half edge’ in the form of an outgoing arc at each of its endpoints. An open star S in G is an open path of length
$G[V(H)]$
 is a path. The leaves of an open subtree are the leaves of the underlying tree; in other words, when talking about the leaves of an open subtree, we ignore all boundary edges. For convenience, we let the length of an open path be the number of vertices it contains. Note that this is not the length of the underlying path – intuitively we may imagine that an open path contains an additional ‘half edge’ in the form of an outgoing arc at each of its endpoints. An open star S in G is an open path of length 
 $1$
; we point out that the underlying tree of an open star is not a star, but a single vertex. It is induced by a single vertex s of G, called the centre of S and we denote it by
$1$
; we point out that the underlying tree of an open star is not a star, but a single vertex. It is induced by a single vertex s of G, called the centre of S and we denote it by 
 $\mathrm {star}_G(s)$
 or
$\mathrm {star}_G(s)$
 or 
 $\mathrm {star}(s)$
 if the graph is clear. Additionally, for an arc e we write
$\mathrm {star}(s)$
 if the graph is clear. Additionally, for an arc e we write 
 $\mathrm {star}(e)$
 for the open subtree with vertex set
$\mathrm {star}(e)$
 for the open subtree with vertex set 
 $\{e^-,e^+\}$
. If T is a tree, the (open) cone
$\{e^-,e^+\}$
. If T is a tree, the (open) cone 
 $K_e$
 in T rooted at the arc e consists of e and the component of
$K_e$
 in T rooted at the arc e consists of e and the component of 
 $T-\{e,\bar e\}$
 containing the initial vertex
$T-\{e,\bar e\}$
 containing the initial vertex 
 $e^-$
 of e.
$e^-$
 of e.
 Let T be a tree and 
 $e,f$
 be two different arcs of T. We call e and f linkable if they point away from each other, that is, they are not contained in the unique path in T connecting
$e,f$
 be two different arcs of T. We call e and f linkable if they point away from each other, that is, they are not contained in the unique path in T connecting 
 $e^-$
 and
$e^-$
 and 
 $f^-$
. If e and f are linkable, the (unique) link W connecting e and f is the open path induced by this path: it connects
$f^-$
. If e and f are linkable, the (unique) link W connecting e and f is the open path induced by this path: it connects 
 $e^-$
 and
$e^-$
 and 
 $f^-$
, and e and f are boundary arcs at the two endpoints of W. Observe that whenever e and f are linkable, the length of their link W is
$f^-$
, and e and f are boundary arcs at the two endpoints of W. Observe that whenever e and f are linkable, the length of their link W is 
 $d_T(e,f) = d_T(e^-,f^-)+1$
.
$d_T(e,f) = d_T(e^-,f^-)+1$
.
2.8 Linear algebra definitions
 Let 
 $A\in \mathbb {C}^{n\times n}$
 be a matrix. We say that
$A\in \mathbb {C}^{n\times n}$
 be a matrix. We say that 
 $\lambda \in \mathbb {C}$
 is an eigenvalue if there exists a vector
$\lambda \in \mathbb {C}$
 is an eigenvalue if there exists a vector 
 $v\in \mathbb {C}^n\setminus \{0\}$
 such that
$v\in \mathbb {C}^n\setminus \{0\}$
 such that 
 $Av=\lambda v$
. We call v an eigenvector of A corresponding to
$Av=\lambda v$
. We call v an eigenvector of A corresponding to 
 $\lambda $
. The geometric multiplicity of an eigenvalue
$\lambda $
. The geometric multiplicity of an eigenvalue 
 $\lambda $
 is the maximal number of linearly independent eigenvectors corresponding to
$\lambda $
 is the maximal number of linearly independent eigenvectors corresponding to 
 $\lambda $
. If the geometric multiplicity of
$\lambda $
. If the geometric multiplicity of 
 $\lambda $
 is equal to
$\lambda $
 is equal to 
 $1$
, we call
$1$
, we call 
 $\lambda $
 a simple eigenvalue. We will also need the following definition. We call
$\lambda $
 a simple eigenvalue. We will also need the following definition. We call 
 $v\in \mathbb {C}^{1\times n}$
 a left eigenvector of A corresponding to
$v\in \mathbb {C}^{1\times n}$
 a left eigenvector of A corresponding to 
 $\lambda $
 if
$\lambda $
 if 
 $vA=\lambda v$
.
$vA=\lambda v$
.
 Every 
 $A\in \mathbb {C}^{n\times n}$
 has a nonempty set of eigenvalues. The spectral radius
$A\in \mathbb {C}^{n\times n}$
 has a nonempty set of eigenvalues. The spectral radius 
 $\lambda _A$
 of A is defined as
$\lambda _A$
 of A is defined as 
 $\max \{|\lambda | \mid \lambda \in \mathbb {C} \text { is an eigenvalue of } A\}$
. Gelfand’s formula states that
$\max \{|\lambda | \mid \lambda \in \mathbb {C} \text { is an eigenvalue of } A\}$
. Gelfand’s formula states that 
 $\lambda _A=\lim _{k\to \infty } \left \lVert A^k\right \rVert ^{1/k}$
 for any matrix norm
$\lambda _A=\lim _{k\to \infty } \left \lVert A^k\right \rVert ^{1/k}$
 for any matrix norm 
 $\left \lVert \cdot \right \rVert $
. This implies that for
$\left \lVert \cdot \right \rVert $
. This implies that for 
 $A, B\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 such that
$A, B\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 such that 
 $0\leq A_{i,j}\leq B_{i,j}$
 for all pairs
$0\leq A_{i,j}\leq B_{i,j}$
 for all pairs 
 $i,j$
, we have
$i,j$
, we have 
 $\lambda _{A}\leq \lambda _B$
. Furthermore, the Perron-Frobenius theorem states that for matrices with non-negative entries, the spectral radius
$\lambda _{A}\leq \lambda _B$
. Furthermore, the Perron-Frobenius theorem states that for matrices with non-negative entries, the spectral radius 
 $\lambda _A$
 is an eigenvalue of A.
$\lambda _A$
 is an eigenvalue of A.
 Consider a matrix 
 $A\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 with non-negative entries, and define the auxiliary digraph
$A\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 with non-negative entries, and define the auxiliary digraph 
 $G_A$
 where there is an edge from i to j if and only if
$G_A$
 where there is an edge from i to j if and only if 
 $a_{ij}>0$
. We call A irreducible if the digraph
$a_{ij}>0$
. We call A irreducible if the digraph 
 $G_A$
 is strongly connected. By the Perron-Frobenius theorem, if A is an irreducible matrix with non-negative entries, then
$G_A$
 is strongly connected. By the Perron-Frobenius theorem, if A is an irreducible matrix with non-negative entries, then 
 $\lambda _A$
 is a simple eigenvalue, and there exist right and left eigenvectors corresponding to
$\lambda _A$
 is a simple eigenvalue, and there exist right and left eigenvectors corresponding to 
 $\lambda _A$
 whose entries are all strictly positive. Furthermore, if
$\lambda _A$
 whose entries are all strictly positive. Furthermore, if 
 $B\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 is a matrix such that
$B\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 is a matrix such that 
 $0\leq A_{i,j}\leq B_{i,j}$
 for all pairs
$0\leq A_{i,j}\leq B_{i,j}$
 for all pairs 
 $i,j$
, with
$i,j$
, with 
 $A_{i_0,j_0}< B_{i_0,j_0}$
 for at least one pair
$A_{i_0,j_0}< B_{i_0,j_0}$
 for at least one pair 
 $i_0,j_0$
, then
$i_0,j_0$
, then 
 $\lambda _A<\lambda _B$
 – see [Reference Schaefer43, Corollary, p.22] for a proof.
$\lambda _A<\lambda _B$
 – see [Reference Schaefer43, Corollary, p.22] for a proof.
2.9 Complex analytic definitions
 Let 
 $U\subset \mathbb {C}$
 be an open set. We say that a function
$U\subset \mathbb {C}$
 be an open set. We say that a function 
 $f:U\rightarrow \mathbb {C}$
 is analytic on U if, for every
$f:U\rightarrow \mathbb {C}$
 is analytic on U if, for every 
 $z_0\in U$
 there exists a power series
$z_0\in U$
 there exists a power series 
 $\sum _{n=0}^\infty a_n(z-z_0)^n$
 that converges to
$\sum _{n=0}^\infty a_n(z-z_0)^n$
 that converges to 
 $f(z)$
 for every z in an open neighbourhood of
$f(z)$
 for every z in an open neighbourhood of 
 $z_0$
. By Taylor’s theorem,
$z_0$
. By Taylor’s theorem, 
 $a_n=\frac {f^{(n)}(z_0)}{n!}$
 for every
$a_n=\frac {f^{(n)}(z_0)}{n!}$
 for every 
 $n\geq 0$
. The radius of convergence of
$n\geq 0$
. The radius of convergence of 
 $\sum _{n=0}^\infty a_n(z-z_0)^n$
 is defined as the largest radius r such that the power series converges for every z satisfying
$\sum _{n=0}^\infty a_n(z-z_0)^n$
 is defined as the largest radius r such that the power series converges for every z satisfying 
 $|z-z_0|<r$
, and it coincides with
$|z-z_0|<r$
, and it coincides with 
 $\frac {1}{\limsup _{n\to \infty } |a_n|^{1/n}}$
.
$\frac {1}{\limsup _{n\to \infty } |a_n|^{1/n}}$
.
 Let 
 $U\subset \mathbb {C}$
 be an open set and let
$U\subset \mathbb {C}$
 be an open set and let 
 $z_0\in U$
. Consider a function f which is analytic on
$z_0\in U$
. Consider a function f which is analytic on 
 $U\setminus \{z_0\}$
. We say that
$U\setminus \{z_0\}$
. We say that 
 $z_0$
 is a pole of f if there exist an integer
$z_0$
 is a pole of f if there exist an integer 
 $m\geq 1$
 and a function g, analytic in an open set V containing
$m\geq 1$
 and a function g, analytic in an open set V containing 
 $z_0$
, such that
$z_0$
, such that 
 $g(z_0)\neq 0$
 and
$g(z_0)\neq 0$
 and 
 $f(z)=\frac {g(z)}{(z-z_0)^m}$
 for every
$f(z)=\frac {g(z)}{(z-z_0)^m}$
 for every 
 $z\in V\setminus \{z_0\}$
. This is equivalent to the fact that there exist
$z\in V\setminus \{z_0\}$
. This is equivalent to the fact that there exist 
 $a_1,a_2,\ldots ,a_m\in \mathbb {C}$
 with
$a_1,a_2,\ldots ,a_m\in \mathbb {C}$
 with 
 $a_m\neq 0$
 such that
$a_m\neq 0$
 such that 
 $f(z)-\sum _{i=1}^m \frac {a_i}{(z_0-z)^i}$
 is analytic on
$f(z)-\sum _{i=1}^m \frac {a_i}{(z_0-z)^i}$
 is analytic on 
 $U\setminus \{z_0\}$
 and extends to an analytic function on all of U. The integer m is called the order of
$U\setminus \{z_0\}$
 and extends to an analytic function on all of U. The integer m is called the order of 
 $z_0$
. If
$z_0$
. If 
 $m=1$
, then we call
$m=1$
, then we call 
 $z_0$
 a simple pole.
$z_0$
 a simple pole.
3 Tree decompositions
Recall that our general proof strategy is to decompose SAWs into configurations and shapes. In order to be able to do this, we first need to decompose the graph appropriately. To this end, the goal of the current section is to show that every quasi-transitive graph with more than one end admits a tree decomposition with certain ‘nice properties’. We start by giving some definitions.
 A tree decomposition of a graph G is a pair 
 $\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
, consisting of a tree T and a function
$\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
, consisting of a tree T and a function 
 $\mathcal {V}: V(T) \rightarrow 2^{V(G)}$
 assigning a subset of
$\mathcal {V}: V(T) \rightarrow 2^{V(G)}$
 assigning a subset of 
 $V(G)$
 to every vertex of T, such that the following three conditions are satisfied:
$V(G)$
 to every vertex of T, such that the following three conditions are satisfied: 
- 
(T1)  $V(G)= \bigcup _{t \in V(T)} \mathcal {V}(t)$
. $V(G)= \bigcup _{t \in V(T)} \mathcal {V}(t)$
.
- 
(T2) or every arc  $e \in E(G)$
 there is a vertex $e \in E(G)$
 there is a vertex $t \in V(T)$
 such that $t \in V(T)$
 such that $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 contains both endpoints of e. $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 contains both endpoints of e.
- 
(T3)  $\mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t) \subseteq \mathcal {V}(r)$
 for every vertex r on the unique s–t-path in T. $\mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t) \subseteq \mathcal {V}(r)$
 for every vertex r on the unique s–t-path in T.
For every 
 $t \in V(T)$
, the set
$t \in V(T)$
, the set 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 is called the part of t. For an arc
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
 is called the part of t. For an arc 
 $e=st$
 of T, the intersection
$e=st$
 of T, the intersection 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)=\mathcal {V}(s,t):= \mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
 is called the adhesion set of e. Note that by definition
$\mathcal {V}(e)=\mathcal {V}(s,t):= \mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
 is called the adhesion set of e. Note that by definition 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) = \mathcal {V}(\bar e)$
.
$\mathcal {V}(e) = \mathcal {V}(\bar e)$
.
 A separation of a graph G is a pair 
 $(A,B)$
 of vertex sets such that
$(A,B)$
 of vertex sets such that 
 $G[A] \cup G[B]=G$
, in other words
$G[A] \cup G[B]=G$
, in other words 
 $A \cup B = V(G)$
, and there are no edges between
$A \cup B = V(G)$
, and there are no edges between 
 $A \setminus B$
 and
$A \setminus B$
 and 
 $B \setminus A$
. The intersection
$B \setminus A$
. The intersection 
 $A \cap B$
 is called the separator, and
$A \cap B$
 is called the separator, and 
 $|A \cap B|$
 is called the order of
$|A \cap B|$
 is called the order of 
 $(A,B)$
. A separation
$(A,B)$
. A separation 
 $(A,B)$
 of finite order is said to separate two ends
$(A,B)$
 of finite order is said to separate two ends 
 $\omega _1$
 and
$\omega _1$
 and 
 $\omega _2$
 if one of them lies in a component of
$\omega _2$
 if one of them lies in a component of 
 $B \setminus A$
, and the other one lies in a component of
$B \setminus A$
, and the other one lies in a component of 
 $A \setminus B$
. We say that
$A \setminus B$
. We say that 
 $(A,B)$
 minimally separates
$(A,B)$
 minimally separates 
 $\omega _1$
 and
$\omega _1$
 and 
 $\omega _2$
 if
$\omega _2$
 if 
 $(A,B)$
 has the minimal order among all separations separating
$(A,B)$
 has the minimal order among all separations separating 
 $\omega _1$
 and
$\omega _1$
 and 
 $\omega _2$
. Note that every arc a of the decomposition tree T corresponds to a separation of G with separator
$\omega _2$
. Note that every arc a of the decomposition tree T corresponds to a separation of G with separator 
 $\mathcal {V}(a)$
: we call
$\mathcal {V}(a)$
: we call 
 $$\begin{align*}\left(\bigcup_{t \in V(K_a)} \mathcal{V}(t),\bigcup_{t \in V(K_{\bar{a}})} \mathcal{V}(t)\right)\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\left(\bigcup_{t \in V(K_a)} \mathcal{V}(t),\bigcup_{t \in V(K_{\bar{a}})} \mathcal{V}(t)\right)\end{align*}$$
the separation of G induced by a. Clearly, if the separation induced by a is 
 $(A,B)$
, then the separation induced by
$(A,B)$
, then the separation induced by 
 $\bar a$
 is
$\bar a$
 is 
 $(B,A)$
.
$(B,A)$
.
 A tree decomposition 
 $(T,\mathcal {V})$
 of G is called
$(T,\mathcal {V})$
 of G is called 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant for a group
$\Gamma $
-invariant for a group 
 $\Gamma \leq \mathrm {AUT}(G)$
, if every
$\Gamma \leq \mathrm {AUT}(G)$
, if every 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 maps parts onto parts in a way that induces an automorphism of T (which we denote by
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 maps parts onto parts in a way that induces an automorphism of T (which we denote by 
 $\gamma $
 as well). If this automorphism of T is unique for each
$\gamma $
 as well). If this automorphism of T is unique for each 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
, then this clearly induces an action of
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
, then this clearly induces an action of 
 $\Gamma $
 on T; this is in particular the case if the separation induced by each edge of T has finite order and infinite parts, and the number of edges inducing the same separation is finite. This will be the case for all tree decompositions considered in this paper.
$\Gamma $
 on T; this is in particular the case if the separation induced by each edge of T has finite order and infinite parts, and the number of edges inducing the same separation is finite. This will be the case for all tree decompositions considered in this paper.
 The following result which guarantees the existence of a 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition is at the heart of our construction. It can be seen as a special case of [Reference Dunwoody and Krön11, Theorem 8.1]; simply note that the separations
$\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition is at the heart of our construction. It can be seen as a special case of [Reference Dunwoody and Krön11, Theorem 8.1]; simply note that the separations 
 $(A,B)$
 with
$(A,B)$
 with 
 $|A\cap B| = k$
 and infinite sides A and B correspond to a cut system in the sense of [Reference Dunwoody and Krön11], and that the G-tree
$|A\cap B| = k$
 and infinite sides A and B correspond to a cut system in the sense of [Reference Dunwoody and Krön11], and that the G-tree 
 $T(\mathcal {C})$
 can be interpreted as a tree decomposition whose induced separations are all contained in this cut system.
$T(\mathcal {C})$
 can be interpreted as a tree decomposition whose induced separations are all contained in this cut system.
Theorem 3.1. Let 
 $\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on a locally finite graph G. Assume that G has more than one end, and let k be the minimal integer such that there are two ends which can be separated by removing k vertices. Then there is a
$\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on a locally finite graph G. Assume that G has more than one end, and let k be the minimal integer such that there are two ends which can be separated by removing k vertices. Then there is a 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition of G in which every induced separation has order k and separates two ends.
$\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition of G in which every induced separation has order k and separates two ends.
Corollary 3.2 below describes the tree decompositions we will be working with for the rest of this paper. It is similar to [Reference Hamann, Lehner, Miraftab and Rühmann27, Corollary 4.3] and [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36, Corollary 3.2]. We still provide a proof for the convenience of the reader since these two results are slightly less general than ours.
We call a tree decomposition reduced if every induced separation minimally separates some pair of ends of G, and no two parts corresponding to adjacent vertices in T coincide. We call it strongly reduced if, in addition, every induced separation has order k, where k is the minimal integer such that there is a pair of ends which can be separated by removing k vertices.
 In order to extract a tree decomposition with the desired properties from the above theorem, we will need the following construction. Let 
 $\mathcal {T} = (T,\mathcal {V})$
 be a tree decomposition of G, and let
$\mathcal {T} = (T,\mathcal {V})$
 be a tree decomposition of G, and let 
 $F \subseteq E(T)$
 be a subset of arcs such that
$F \subseteq E(T)$
 be a subset of arcs such that 
 $\bar e \in F$
 whenever
$\bar e \in F$
 whenever 
 $e \in F$
. We define the contraction
$e \in F$
. We define the contraction 
 $\mathcal {T}/F = (T/F,\mathcal {V}/F)$
 of the tree decomposition
$\mathcal {T}/F = (T/F,\mathcal {V}/F)$
 of the tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 as follows. The vertices of
$\mathcal {T}$
 as follows. The vertices of 
 $T/F$
 are components of
$T/F$
 are components of 
 $T-(E(T)\setminus F)$
 with an arc between two of them if there is an arc in T (which is necessarily an element of
$T-(E(T)\setminus F)$
 with an arc between two of them if there is an arc in T (which is necessarily an element of 
 $E(T)\setminus F$
) connecting the corresponding components. For a component
$E(T)\setminus F$
) connecting the corresponding components. For a component 
 $S\in V(T/F)$
 we set
$S\in V(T/F)$
 we set 
 $\mathcal {V}/F(S) = \bigcup _{s \in V(S)} \mathcal {V}(s)$
. It is not hard to see that this defines a tree decomposition and that the arcs of the decomposition tree are precisely the arcs in
$\mathcal {V}/F(S) = \bigcup _{s \in V(S)} \mathcal {V}(s)$
. It is not hard to see that this defines a tree decomposition and that the arcs of the decomposition tree are precisely the arcs in 
 $E(T)\setminus F$
. Moreover, the separations induced by an arc
$E(T)\setminus F$
. Moreover, the separations induced by an arc 
 $e \in E(T)\setminus F$
 and its counterpart in
$e \in E(T)\setminus F$
 and its counterpart in 
 $E(T/F)$
 coincide.
$E(T/F)$
 coincide.
Corollary 3.2. Let 
 $\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on a locally finite graph G. Then there is a strongly reduced,
$\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on a locally finite graph G. Then there is a strongly reduced, 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition
$\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition 
 $(T,\mathcal {V})$
 such that the action of
$(T,\mathcal {V})$
 such that the action of 
 $\Gamma $
 on T is edge transitive, but not arc transitive.
$\Gamma $
 on T is edge transitive, but not arc transitive.
Proof. We start with the tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T} = (T, \mathcal {V})$
 provided by Theorem 3.1 and successively change it to satisfy the additional conditions.
$\mathcal {T} = (T, \mathcal {V})$
 provided by Theorem 3.1 and successively change it to satisfy the additional conditions.
 First, let 
 $e \in E(T)$
 and let
$e \in E(T)$
 and let 
 $F = E(T) \setminus (\Gamma e \cup \Gamma \bar e)$
. Then
$F = E(T) \setminus (\Gamma e \cup \Gamma \bar e)$
. Then 
 $\mathcal {T}/F$
 is easily seen to be
$\mathcal {T}/F$
 is easily seen to be 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant, and the action of
$\Gamma $
-invariant, and the action of 
 $\Gamma $
 on
$\Gamma $
 on 
 $T/F$
 is transitive on
$T/F$
 is transitive on 
 $E(T/F)$
.
$E(T/F)$
.
 We claim that 
 $\mathcal {T}/F$
 is reduced. Assume that it is not. Then there are two parts corresponding to adjacent vertices of
$\mathcal {T}/F$
 is reduced. Assume that it is not. Then there are two parts corresponding to adjacent vertices of 
 $T/F$
 which coincide. Edge transitivity implies that all parts of
$T/F$
 which coincide. Edge transitivity implies that all parts of 
 $\mathcal {T}/F$
 coincide, and thus all adhesion sets coincide with the parts as well. This cannot be the case since G is infinite, but the adhesion sets of
$\mathcal {T}/F$
 coincide, and thus all adhesion sets coincide with the parts as well. This cannot be the case since G is infinite, but the adhesion sets of 
 $\mathcal {T}/F$
 are precisely the adhesion sets of
$\mathcal {T}/F$
 are precisely the adhesion sets of 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 corresponding to arcs in
$\mathcal {T}$
 corresponding to arcs in 
 $\Gamma e$
 and thus they are finite. Finally,
$\Gamma e$
 and thus they are finite. Finally, 
 $\mathcal {T}/F$
 is strongly reduced due to the size of the adhesion sets in the tree decomposition
$\mathcal {T}/F$
 is strongly reduced due to the size of the adhesion sets in the tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 provided by Theorem 3.1.
$\mathcal {T}$
 provided by Theorem 3.1.
 Note that if the action on 
 $T/F$
 in the above construction is not arc transitive, then we are done. Hence we may assume that we have a strongly reduced tree decomposition
$T/F$
 in the above construction is not arc transitive, then we are done. Hence we may assume that we have a strongly reduced tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T} = (T, \mathcal {V})$
 such that the action of
$\mathcal {T} = (T, \mathcal {V})$
 such that the action of 
 $\Gamma $
 on T is arc transitive. Let
$\Gamma $
 on T is arc transitive. Let 
 $T'$
 be the tree obtained by subdividing each edge in T precisely once; more formally,
$T'$
 be the tree obtained by subdividing each edge in T precisely once; more formally, 
 $V(T') = V(T) \cup \{\{e,\bar e\} \mid e \in E(T)\}$
, and
$V(T') = V(T) \cup \{\{e,\bar e\} \mid e \in E(T)\}$
, and 
 $t \in V(T)$
 and
$t \in V(T)$
 and 
 $\{e,\bar e\}$
 are adjacent in
$\{e,\bar e\}$
 are adjacent in 
 $T'$
 if and only if t and e are incident in T. Then it is straightforward to check that
$T'$
 if and only if t and e are incident in T. Then it is straightforward to check that 
 $\mathcal {T}' = (T',\mathcal {V})$
 defines a tree decomposition; recall that
$\mathcal {T}' = (T',\mathcal {V})$
 defines a tree decomposition; recall that 
 $\mathcal {V}(st)$
 is defined as
$\mathcal {V}(st)$
 is defined as 
 $\mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
. This tree decomposition is still
$\mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
. This tree decomposition is still 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant, since the action on the tree T induces an action on the tree
$\Gamma $
-invariant, since the action on the tree T induces an action on the tree 
 $T'$
 which takes parts to parts and adhesion sets to adhesion sets.
$T'$
 which takes parts to parts and adhesion sets to adhesion sets.
 Next we show that 
 $\mathcal {T}'$
 is strongly reduced. Let
$\mathcal {T}'$
 is strongly reduced. Let 
 $st \in E(T)$
. Then
$st \in E(T)$
. Then 
 $|\mathcal {V}(s)| = |\mathcal {V}(t)|$
 by arc transitivity, and consequently
$|\mathcal {V}(s)| = |\mathcal {V}(t)|$
 by arc transitivity, and consequently 
 $|\mathcal {V}(s)|> |\mathcal {V}(st)|$
 because otherwise the parts corresponding to s and t would coincide. Moreover, note that every adhesion set of
$|\mathcal {V}(s)|> |\mathcal {V}(st)|$
 because otherwise the parts corresponding to s and t would coincide. Moreover, note that every adhesion set of 
 $\mathcal {T}'$
 is also an adhesion set of
$\mathcal {T}'$
 is also an adhesion set of 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 since
$\mathcal {T}$
 since 
 $\mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(st) = \mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
. This shows that
$\mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(st) = \mathcal {V}(s) \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
. This shows that 
 $\mathcal {T}'$
 is strongly reduced.
$\mathcal {T}'$
 is strongly reduced.
 The action of 
 $\Gamma $
 is not transitive on the arcs of
$\Gamma $
 is not transitive on the arcs of 
 $T'$
, since it is impossible to map the set
$T'$
, since it is impossible to map the set 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 to the set
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 to the set 
 $\mathcal {V}(st)$
 because the sets have different cardinalities. To see that the action is transitive on edges, note that by arc transitivity of the action on T, for any two arcs
$\mathcal {V}(st)$
 because the sets have different cardinalities. To see that the action is transitive on edges, note that by arc transitivity of the action on T, for any two arcs 
 $e_1=s_1 t_1$
 and
$e_1=s_1 t_1$
 and 
 $e_2=s_2 t_2$
 there is
$e_2=s_2 t_2$
 there is 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that 
 $\gamma e_1 = e_2$
 and thus in particular
$\gamma e_1 = e_2$
 and thus in particular 
 $\gamma s_1 = s_2$
. We conclude that
$\gamma s_1 = s_2$
. We conclude that 
 $\gamma $
 maps the edge connecting
$\gamma $
 maps the edge connecting 
 $s_1$
 and
$s_1$
 and 
 $\{e_1,\bar e_1\}$
 to the edge connecting
$\{e_1,\bar e_1\}$
 to the edge connecting 
 $s_2$
 and
$s_2$
 and 
 $\{e_2,\bar e_2\}$
 in
$\{e_2,\bar e_2\}$
 in 
 $T'$
.
$T'$
.
 We now collect some useful properties of the tree decompositions provided by Corollary 3.2. For the remainder of this section let 
 $\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on a locally finite graph G and let
$\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on a locally finite graph G and let 
 $\mathcal {T} = (T,\mathcal {V})$
 be a tree decomposition as provided by Corollary 3.2.
$\mathcal {T} = (T,\mathcal {V})$
 be a tree decomposition as provided by Corollary 3.2.
Proposition 3.3. For every vertex 
 $v \in V(G)$
 there are only finitely many
$v \in V(G)$
 there are only finitely many 
 $s \in V(T)$
 such that
$s \in V(T)$
 such that 
 $v \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
.
$v \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
.
Proof. Assume for a contradiction that v is contained in infinitely many parts. Let 
 $U \subseteq V(G)$
 be a maximal subset such that
$U \subseteq V(G)$
 be a maximal subset such that 
 $v \in U$
 and there are infinitely many parts containing all of U. Note that such a maximal subset exists because if a set of vertices is contained in two parts then by (T3) it is contained in two neighbouring parts. Therefore any set of vertices which is contained in infinitely many parts must be contained in an adhesion set, and thus there is an upper bound on the size of such a set.
$v \in U$
 and there are infinitely many parts containing all of U. Note that such a maximal subset exists because if a set of vertices is contained in two parts then by (T3) it is contained in two neighbouring parts. Therefore any set of vertices which is contained in infinitely many parts must be contained in an adhesion set, and thus there is an upper bound on the size of such a set.
 By (T3), the set 
 $\{s \in V(T)\colon U \subseteq \mathcal {V}(s)\}$
 induces a subtree
$\{s \in V(T)\colon U \subseteq \mathcal {V}(s)\}$
 induces a subtree 
 $T'$
 of T. This subtree is infinite because there are infinitely many parts containing U. Define
$T'$
 of T. This subtree is infinite because there are infinitely many parts containing U. Define 
 $F = E(T')$
 and note that
$F = E(T')$
 and note that 
 $U \subseteq \mathcal {V}(e)$
 for every
$U \subseteq \mathcal {V}(e)$
 for every 
 $e \in F$
. The separation
$e \in F$
. The separation 
 $(A_e,B_e)$
 induced by
$(A_e,B_e)$
 induced by 
 $e \in F$
 separates two ends, hence v must have neighbours
$e \in F$
 separates two ends, hence v must have neighbours 
 $a_e \in A_e \setminus B_e$
 and
$a_e \in A_e \setminus B_e$
 and 
 $ b_e \in B_e \setminus A_e$
, otherwise it would be possible to separate the ends by fewer vertices. Note that neither
$ b_e \in B_e \setminus A_e$
, otherwise it would be possible to separate the ends by fewer vertices. Note that neither 
 $a_e$
 nor
$a_e$
 nor 
 $b_e$
 is contained in U as
$b_e$
 is contained in U as 
 $U \subseteq A_e \cap B_e$
.
$U \subseteq A_e \cap B_e$
.
 By (T2), both endpoints of the arc 
 $v a_e \in E(G)$
 must be contained in some part of the tree decomposition, and since
$v a_e \in E(G)$
 must be contained in some part of the tree decomposition, and since 
 $a_e \notin B_e$
 this part is
$a_e \notin B_e$
 this part is 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for some
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for some 
 $s \in K_e$
. Similarly, both endpoints of the arc
$s \in K_e$
. Similarly, both endpoints of the arc 
 $vb_e \in E(G)$
 are contained in a part
$vb_e \in E(G)$
 are contained in a part 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for some
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for some 
 $s \in K_{\bar e}$
.
$s \in K_{\bar e}$
.
 Since F contains infinitely many arcs, there is an infinite subset 
 $S \subseteq V(T)$
 such that
$S \subseteq V(T)$
 such that 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 contains a neighbour
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 contains a neighbour 
 $u \notin U$
 of v for every
$u \notin U$
 of v for every 
 $s \in S$
. But v only has finitely many neighbours, so infinitely many parts contain the same neighbour u of v.
$s \in S$
. But v only has finitely many neighbours, so infinitely many parts contain the same neighbour u of v.
 Taking an appropriate infinite subset of F (either the arcs of some infinite star, or arcs on a ray which are sufficiently far apart) we can make sure that for any two vertices in S, the path connecting them contains at least one vertex of 
 $T'$
. By (T3) this implies that u is contained in
$T'$
. By (T3) this implies that u is contained in 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for infinitely many
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for infinitely many 
 $s \in T'$
; this contradicts the maximality of U.
$s \in T'$
; this contradicts the maximality of U.
Corollary 3.4. There is a constant N such that 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f) = \emptyset $
 whenever
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f) = \emptyset $
 whenever 
 $e,f \in E(T)$
 such that
$e,f \in E(T)$
 such that 
 $d_T(e,f) \geq N$
.
$d_T(e,f) \geq N$
.
Proof. By Proposition 3.3 every vertex 
 $v \in V(G)$
 is contained in only finitely many parts of the tree decomposition. Moreover G is quasi-transitive, so there is a constant N such that every
$v \in V(G)$
 is contained in only finitely many parts of the tree decomposition. Moreover G is quasi-transitive, so there is a constant N such that every 
 $v \in V(G)$
 is contained in at most N parts. Assume that e and f are arcs of T such that
$v \in V(G)$
 is contained in at most N parts. Assume that e and f are arcs of T such that 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)$
 contains a vertex v and
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)$
 contains a vertex v and 
 $d_T(e,f) \geq N$
. Then the unique path in T connecting
$d_T(e,f) \geq N$
. Then the unique path in T connecting 
 $e^-$
 and
$e^-$
 and 
 $f^-$
 has at least
$f^-$
 has at least 
 $N+1$
 vertices. It follows from (T3) that
$N+1$
 vertices. It follows from (T3) that 
 $v \in \mathcal {V}(t)$
 for each vertex t of this path, contradicting the fact that every vertex is contained in at most N parts.
$v \in \mathcal {V}(t)$
 for each vertex t of this path, contradicting the fact that every vertex is contained in at most N parts.
Proposition 3.5. There is a map 
 $\theta \colon E(G) \to V(T)$
 such that for every arc
$\theta \colon E(G) \to V(T)$
 such that for every arc 
 $e \in E(G)$
$e \in E(G)$
 
- 
(i) both endpoints of e are contained in  $\mathcal {V}(\theta (e))$
, $\mathcal {V}(\theta (e))$
,
- 
(ii)  $\theta (e) = \theta (\bar e)$
, and $\theta (e) = \theta (\bar e)$
, and
- 
(iii)  $\gamma \theta (e) = \theta (\gamma e)$
 for every $\gamma \theta (e) = \theta (\gamma e)$
 for every $\gamma \in \Gamma $
. $\gamma \in \Gamma $
.
Proof. For every arc 
 $e \in E(G)$
, let
$e \in E(G)$
, let 
 $S(e) =\{s \in V(T)\colon e^-,e^+ \in \mathcal {V}(s)\}$
. The set
$S(e) =\{s \in V(T)\colon e^-,e^+ \in \mathcal {V}(s)\}$
. The set 
 $S(e)$
 is nonempty by (T2), the induced subgraph
$S(e)$
 is nonempty by (T2), the induced subgraph 
 $T[S(e)]$
 is a tree by (T3), and this tree is finite by Proposition 3.3. Hence it either has a central vertex, or a central edge. In the former case, we let
$T[S(e)]$
 is a tree by (T3), and this tree is finite by Proposition 3.3. Hence it either has a central vertex, or a central edge. In the former case, we let 
 $\theta (e)$
 be the central vertex of
$\theta (e)$
 be the central vertex of 
 $T[S(e)]$
. In the latter case, we note that, because
$T[S(e)]$
. In the latter case, we note that, because 
 $\Gamma $
 acts edge transitively but not arc transitively, there is an orientation of the edges such that
$\Gamma $
 acts edge transitively but not arc transitively, there is an orientation of the edges such that 
 $\Gamma $
 preserves the chosen orientations. Let
$\Gamma $
 preserves the chosen orientations. Let 
 $\theta (e)$
 be the initial vertex of the central edge of
$\theta (e)$
 be the initial vertex of the central edge of 
 $T[S(e)]$
 with respect to this orientation.
$T[S(e)]$
 with respect to this orientation.
 Clearly, every 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 which maps e to f also maps
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 which maps e to f also maps 
 $S(e)$
 to
$S(e)$
 to 
 $S(f)$
, and thus maps the central vertex or edge of
$S(f)$
, and thus maps the central vertex or edge of 
 $T[S(e)]$
 to the central vertex or edge of
$T[S(e)]$
 to the central vertex or edge of 
 $T[S(f)]$
. Since
$T[S(f)]$
. Since 
 $\gamma $
 also preserves the orientation we picked above, we conclude that
$\gamma $
 also preserves the orientation we picked above, we conclude that 
 $\gamma \theta (e) = \theta (\gamma e)$
 as desired.
$\gamma \theta (e) = \theta (\gamma e)$
 as desired.
 Now let 
 $\mathcal {E}(s)=\theta ^{-1}(s) \subseteq E(G)$
, where
$\mathcal {E}(s)=\theta ^{-1}(s) \subseteq E(G)$
, where 
 $\theta $
 is the function given by Proposition 3.5. Then
$\theta $
 is the function given by Proposition 3.5. Then 
 $\mathcal {E}(s)$
 is a subset of the edge set of
$\mathcal {E}(s)$
 is a subset of the edge set of 
 $G[\mathcal {V}(s)]$
.
$G[\mathcal {V}(s)]$
.
 Additionally we introduce for every arc 
 $e=st$
 of T a new set of virtual arcs
$e=st$
 of T a new set of virtual arcs 
 $\mathcal {E}(e)=\mathcal {E}(st)$
, such that every pair of vertices of
$\mathcal {E}(e)=\mathcal {E}(st)$
, such that every pair of vertices of 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 is connected by an arc in
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 is connected by an arc in 
 $\mathcal {E}(e)$
. By definition these arcs come in pairs connecting the same vertices but having different direction, so that
$\mathcal {E}(e)$
. By definition these arcs come in pairs connecting the same vertices but having different direction, so that 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {E}(e)$
 form a complete graph. Note that the sets
$\mathcal {E}(e)$
 form a complete graph. Note that the sets 
 $\mathcal {E}(e)$
 and
$\mathcal {E}(e)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {E}(\bar {e})$
 are disjoint by definition.
$\mathcal {E}(\bar {e})$
 are disjoint by definition.
 We define the adhesion graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(e)=(\mathcal {V}(e), \mathcal {E}(e) \cup \mathcal {E}(\bar {e})) (= \mathcal {G}(\bar e)) $
 and note that every pair of vertices is connected by precisely two arcs, and thus
$\mathcal {G}(e)=(\mathcal {V}(e), \mathcal {E}(e) \cup \mathcal {E}(\bar {e})) (= \mathcal {G}(\bar e)) $
 and note that every pair of vertices is connected by precisely two arcs, and thus 
 $\mathcal {G}(e)$
 is not simple unless it only consists of a single vertex. In order to enhance readability, we usually write
$\mathcal {G}(e)$
 is not simple unless it only consists of a single vertex. In order to enhance readability, we usually write 
 $\mathcal {E}(s,t)$
 instead of
$\mathcal {E}(s,t)$
 instead of 
 $\mathcal {E}(st)$
 and
$\mathcal {E}(st)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {G}(s,t)$
 instead of
$\mathcal {G}(s,t)$
 instead of 
 $\mathcal {G}(st)$
.
$\mathcal {G}(st)$
.
Finally, we assign to every vertex s of T the part graph
 $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{G}(s)=\left(\mathcal{V}(s)\;,\; \mathcal{E}(s) \uplus \biguplus_{e \colon e^-=s} \mathcal{E}(e)\right). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathcal{G}(s)=\left(\mathcal{V}(s)\;,\; \mathcal{E}(s) \uplus \biguplus_{e \colon e^-=s} \mathcal{E}(e)\right). \end{align*}$$
Again, 
 $\mathcal {G}(s)$
 generally is not a simple graph since
$\mathcal {G}(s)$
 generally is not a simple graph since 
 $\mathcal {E}(s)$
 and the various sets
$\mathcal {E}(s)$
 and the various sets 
 $\mathcal {E}(s,t)$
 potentially contain arcs with the same endpoints.
$\mathcal {E}(s,t)$
 potentially contain arcs with the same endpoints.
 Recall that an open subtree S of T consists of a vertex set 
 $V(S)$
 and all arcs of T starting at those vertices such that
$V(S)$
 and all arcs of T starting at those vertices such that 
 $T[V(S)]$
 is a tree. The part graph induced by S is
$T[V(S)]$
 is a tree. The part graph induced by S is 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{G}(S)=\left(\bigcup_{t \in V(S)} \mathcal{V}(t)\;, \; \bigcup_{t \in V(S)} \mathcal{E}(t) \uplus \biguplus_{e \in \partial E(S)} \mathcal{E}({e})\right). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathcal{G}(S)=\left(\bigcup_{t \in V(S)} \mathcal{V}(t)\;, \; \bigcup_{t \in V(S)} \mathcal{E}(t) \uplus \biguplus_{e \in \partial E(S)} \mathcal{E}({e})\right). \end{align*}$$
This is a natural extension of part graphs; it is easy to see that 
 $\mathcal {G}(\mathrm {star}(s))=\mathcal {G}(s)$
.
$\mathcal {G}(\mathrm {star}(s))=\mathcal {G}(s)$
.
Proposition 3.6. For every 
 $s \in V(T)$
, the setwise stabiliser
$s \in V(T)$
, the setwise stabiliser 
 $\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 acts quasi-transitively on
$\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 acts quasi-transitively on 
 $\mathcal {G}(s)$
.
$\mathcal {G}(s)$
.
Proof. If 
 $u \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 does not lie in any adhesion set corresponding to an edge incident to s, then neither does any image of u under a graph automorphism. In particular, any
$u \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 does not lie in any adhesion set corresponding to an edge incident to s, then neither does any image of u under a graph automorphism. In particular, any 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 mapping u to some vertex
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 mapping u to some vertex 
 $v \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 fixes
$v \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 fixes 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 and thus, under the action of the stabiliser of
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 and thus, under the action of the stabiliser of 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 there are only finitely many orbits of vertices in
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 there are only finitely many orbits of vertices in 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 not contained in any adhesion set.
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 not contained in any adhesion set.
 If 
 $u \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 lies in some adhesion set, then it lies in an adhesion set corresponding to an edge incident to s by property (T3) of tree decompositions. Whenever
$u \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 lies in some adhesion set, then it lies in an adhesion set corresponding to an edge incident to s by property (T3) of tree decompositions. Whenever 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 fixes s and maps a neighbour t of s onto some other neighbour
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 fixes s and maps a neighbour t of s onto some other neighbour 
 $t'$
,
$t'$
, 
 $\gamma $
 lies in
$\gamma $
 lies in 
 $\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 and maps the adhesion set
$\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 and maps the adhesion set 
 $\mathcal {V}(s,t)$
 onto
$\mathcal {V}(s,t)$
 onto 
 $\mathcal {V}(s,t')$
. By edge transitivity, there are at most two orbits of adhesion sets corresponding to edges incident to s under the action of
$\mathcal {V}(s,t')$
. By edge transitivity, there are at most two orbits of adhesion sets corresponding to edges incident to s under the action of 
 $\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
. As every adhesion set contains the same finite number of elements,
$\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
. As every adhesion set contains the same finite number of elements, 
 $\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 acts with finitely many orbits on the vertices which lie in adhesion sets of the tree decomposition.
$\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 acts with finitely many orbits on the vertices which lie in adhesion sets of the tree decomposition.
Proposition 3.7. There is 
 $M \in \mathbb N$
 such that for every
$M \in \mathbb N$
 such that for every 
 $s \in V(T)$
 and every
$s \in V(T)$
 and every 
 $v \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 there is a neighbour t of s such that
$v \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
 there is a neighbour t of s such that 
 $d_G(v,\mathcal {V}(s,t)) \leq M$
.
$d_G(v,\mathcal {V}(s,t)) \leq M$
.
Proof. If u and v are vertices whose distance to the nearest adhesion set differs, then they lie in different orbits with respect to the action of 
 $\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 because
$\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 because 
 $\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 maps adhesion sets to adhesion sets. Hence, if the distance from a vertex to the nearest adhesion set was unbounded, then the action of
$\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 maps adhesion sets to adhesion sets. Hence, if the distance from a vertex to the nearest adhesion set was unbounded, then the action of 
 $\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 would have infinitely many orbits on
$\Gamma _{\mathcal {V}(s)}$
 would have infinitely many orbits on 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
, thus contradicting Proposition 3.6.
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
, thus contradicting Proposition 3.6.
Proposition 3.8. Let e and f be arcs of T. If 
 $\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then there is an automorphism
$\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then there is an automorphism 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that e and
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that e and 
 $\gamma (f)$
 are linkable.
$\gamma (f)$
 are linkable.
 If e and f lie in the same orbit, then for every odd k we can choose 
 $\gamma $
 such that
$\gamma $
 such that 
 $d_T(e, \gamma (f)) = k$
.
$d_T(e, \gamma (f)) = k$
.
Proof. Since the action is transitive on edges but not on arcs, we can choose an orientation of the edges of E which is preserved under the action of 
 $\Gamma $
. There are two possibilities: either every vertex has both incoming and outgoing arcs with respect to this orientation, or all arcs are oriented from one bipartite part to the other.
$\Gamma $
. There are two possibilities: either every vertex has both incoming and outgoing arcs with respect to this orientation, or all arcs are oriented from one bipartite part to the other.
 In the first case note that every vertex has at least two incoming and outgoing arcs (otherwise 
 $\Gamma $
 would fix an end), and hence there is
$\Gamma $
 would fix an end), and hence there is 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that 
 $\gamma (f)^-=e^-$
 and the two arcs are linked by the open path of length 1 containing only the vertex
$\gamma (f)^-=e^-$
 and the two arcs are linked by the open path of length 1 containing only the vertex 
 $e^-$
. In the second case, we can find an open path containing one or two vertices, depending on the orientations of the arcs e and f.
$e^-$
. In the second case, we can find an open path containing one or two vertices, depending on the orientations of the arcs e and f.
 If e and f lie in the same orbit, then we can choose 
 $\gamma $
 such that
$\gamma $
 such that 
 $d_T(e, \gamma (f)) = 1$
. Concatenation of these open paths shows that we can also choose
$d_T(e, \gamma (f)) = 1$
. Concatenation of these open paths shows that we can also choose 
 $\gamma $
 such that
$\gamma $
 such that 
 $d_T(e,\gamma (f))=k$
 for any odd k.
$d_T(e,\gamma (f))=k$
 for any odd k.
Proposition 3.9. Let 
 $e,f \in E(T)$
. There is a family of
$e,f \in E(T)$
. There is a family of 
 $|\mathcal {V}(e)|$
 disjoint paths connecting
$|\mathcal {V}(e)|$
 disjoint paths connecting 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 to
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 to 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
 in G. Moreover, there is
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
 in G. Moreover, there is 
 $N \in \mathbb N$
 such that if
$N \in \mathbb N$
 such that if 
 $d_T(e,f) \geq N$
, then for any pair of vertices
$d_T(e,f) \geq N$
, then for any pair of vertices 
 $u \in \mathcal {V}(e)$
 and
$u \in \mathcal {V}(e)$
 and 
 $v\in \mathcal {V}(f)$
 there is a u–v-path in G which meets
$v\in \mathcal {V}(f)$
 there is a u–v-path in G which meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cup \mathcal {V}(f)$
 only in u and v.
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cup \mathcal {V}(f)$
 only in u and v.
Proof. Let 
 $(A,B)$
 and
$(A,B)$
 and 
 $(C,D)$
 be the separations induced by e and f, respectively. It is clear from the definition of induced separations that we may without loss of generality assume that
$(C,D)$
 be the separations induced by e and f, respectively. It is clear from the definition of induced separations that we may without loss of generality assume that 
 $A \cap D \subseteq \mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)$
. There are ends
$A \cap D \subseteq \mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)$
. There are ends 
 $\omega _A$
 and
$\omega _A$
 and 
 $\omega _D$
 which lie in components of
$\omega _D$
 which lie in components of 
 $A \setminus B$
 and
$A \setminus B$
 and 
 $D \setminus C$
, respectively. Recall that Menger’s theorem states that if X and Y are sets of vertices which do not share an edge, then the size of a maximum set of internally disjoint (that is, disjoint except possibly at their endpoints) paths between X and Y is equal to the minimum number of vertices that need to be removed to separate X and Y. In particular, if there were fewer than
$D \setminus C$
, respectively. Recall that Menger’s theorem states that if X and Y are sets of vertices which do not share an edge, then the size of a maximum set of internally disjoint (that is, disjoint except possibly at their endpoints) paths between X and Y is equal to the minimum number of vertices that need to be removed to separate X and Y. In particular, if there were fewer than 
 $|\mathcal {V}(e)|$
 disjoint paths connecting
$|\mathcal {V}(e)|$
 disjoint paths connecting 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 to
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 to 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
 in G, then it would be possible to separate
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
 in G, then it would be possible to separate 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 from
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 from 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
, and thus also
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
, and thus also 
 $\omega _A$
 from
$\omega _A$
 from 
 $\omega _D$
 by removing fewer than
$\omega _D$
 by removing fewer than 
 $|\mathcal {V}(e)|$
 vertices; this contradicts the fact that the tree decomposition is strongly reduced.
$|\mathcal {V}(e)|$
 vertices; this contradicts the fact that the tree decomposition is strongly reduced.
 For the ‘moreover’ part, let 
 $e' \in E(T)$
, and let H be a finite connected subgraph of G containing all vertices in
$e' \in E(T)$
, and let H be a finite connected subgraph of G containing all vertices in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e')$
. By Corollary 3.4 there is some
$\mathcal {V}(e')$
. By Corollary 3.4 there is some 
 $N' \in \mathbb N$
 such that
$N' \in \mathbb N$
 such that 
 $\mathcal {V}(f') \cap V(H) = \emptyset $
 whenever the distance between
$\mathcal {V}(f') \cap V(H) = \emptyset $
 whenever the distance between 
 $e'$
 and
$e'$
 and 
 $f'$
 in T is at least
$f'$
 in T is at least 
 $N'$
.
$N'$
.
 Now assume that the distance between e and f is at least 
 $N=2N'$
, and let
$N=2N'$
, and let 
 $e'$
 be an arc lying in the centre of the path connecting e and f in T. The union of H and the collection of disjoint paths from the first part is a connected subgraph of G because each of the paths must pass through a vertex in
$e'$
 be an arc lying in the centre of the path connecting e and f in T. The union of H and the collection of disjoint paths from the first part is a connected subgraph of G because each of the paths must pass through a vertex in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e')$
. Vertices in
$\mathcal {V}(e')$
. Vertices in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cup \mathcal {V}(f)$
 have degree
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cup \mathcal {V}(f)$
 have degree 
 $1$
 in this graph because of the choice of N. Hence they cannot appear as internal vertices of any path, and thus any path in this subgraph meets
$1$
 in this graph because of the choice of N. Hence they cannot appear as internal vertices of any path, and thus any path in this subgraph meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cup \mathcal {V}(f)$
 at most in its endpoints. Since the graph is connected, it contains the desired paths.
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cup \mathcal {V}(f)$
 at most in its endpoints. Since the graph is connected, it contains the desired paths.
4 Configurations and arrangements
 The goal of this section is to utilise tree decompositions to build SAWs from so-called shapes living on the graphs 
 $\mathcal {G} (t)$
 for
$\mathcal {G} (t)$
 for 
 $t \in V(T)$
 and configurations living on
$t \in V(T)$
 and configurations living on 
 $\mathcal {G} (e)$
 for
$\mathcal {G} (e)$
 for 
 $e \in E(T)$
 where
$e \in E(T)$
 where 
 $\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 is a tree decomposition of a quasi-transitive graph G; usually the one provided by Corollary 3.2. In the case where G is a one-dimensional lattice, this was already done by Alm and Janson [Reference Alm and Janson1]. Here we use a more general approach similar to the one introduced in [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36] for tree decompositions whose parts are finite. As we also want to treat infinite parts, our definitions and notation are slightly different from the ones used there.
$\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 is a tree decomposition of a quasi-transitive graph G; usually the one provided by Corollary 3.2. In the case where G is a one-dimensional lattice, this was already done by Alm and Janson [Reference Alm and Janson1]. Here we use a more general approach similar to the one introduced in [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36] for tree decompositions whose parts are finite. As we also want to treat infinite parts, our definitions and notation are slightly different from the ones used there.
 Let G be connected, locally finite, simple and quasi-transitive, and let 
 $\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 be a tree decomposition of G. Assume that we have a map
$\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 be a tree decomposition of G. Assume that we have a map 
 $\theta $
 mapping each edge to a part containing its endpoints as in Proposition 3.5. Define adhesion graphs and part graphs for this tree decomposition in the same way as we did after Proposition 3.5 for the tree decomposition provided by Corollary 3.2. A configuration on an arc e of T with respect to
$\theta $
 mapping each edge to a part containing its endpoints as in Proposition 3.5. Define adhesion graphs and part graphs for this tree decomposition in the same way as we did after Proposition 3.5 for the tree decomposition provided by Corollary 3.2. A configuration on an arc e of T with respect to 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 is a triple
$\mathcal {T}$
 is a triple 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
, where
$c=(q,x,y)$
, where 
 $x,y \in \{e,\bar {e}\}$
 are not necessarily different orientations of e, and q is either a SAW on the graph
$x,y \in \{e,\bar {e}\}$
 are not necessarily different orientations of e, and q is either a SAW on the graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(e)$
 or equal to the empty set
$\mathcal {G}(e)$
 or equal to the empty set 
 $\emptyset $
. In the latter case c is called the empty configuration.
$\emptyset $
. In the latter case c is called the empty configuration.
 We call x the entry direction and y the exit direction of c. The inverse of the configuration 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 is the configuration
$c=(q,x,y)$
 is the configuration 
 $\bar c=(\bar q ,y,x)$
 consisting of the reverse walk
$\bar c=(\bar q ,y,x)$
 consisting of the reverse walk 
 $\bar q$
 of q, and which has entry direction y and exit direction x.
$\bar q$
 of q, and which has entry direction y and exit direction x.
 A shape on a vertex s of T with respect to 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 is a SAW p on the part graph
$\mathcal {T}$
 is a SAW p on the part graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(s)$
. We say that a shape p on s and a configuration
$\mathcal {G}(s)$
. We say that a shape p on s and a configuration 
 $(q,x,y)$
 on an arc
$(q,x,y)$
 on an arc 
 $e \in E(s)$
 are compatible if the following three conditions hold; the intersection of a walk p with a subgraph is defined as the subsequence of p consisting of the vertices and edges contained in that subgraph and therefore this intersection is in general not a walk but a multiwalk.
$e \in E(s)$
 are compatible if the following three conditions hold; the intersection of a walk p with a subgraph is defined as the subsequence of p consisting of the vertices and edges contained in that subgraph and therefore this intersection is in general not a walk but a multiwalk. 
- 
(C1)  $p \cap \mathcal {G}(e) = q \cap \mathcal {G}(s)$
. $p \cap \mathcal {G}(e) = q \cap \mathcal {G}(s)$
.
- 
(C2) If  $x=e$
, then the first vertex of p lies in $x=e$
, then the first vertex of p lies in $\mathcal {V}(e)$
. $\mathcal {V}(e)$
.
- 
(C3) If  $y=e$
, then the last vertex of p lies in $y=e$
, then the last vertex of p lies in $\mathcal {V}(e)$
. $\mathcal {V}(e)$
.
 An arrangement on a finite open subtree S of T with respect to 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 is a pair
$\mathcal {T}$
 is a pair 
 $A=(P,C)$
 of maps assigning to every vertex
$A=(P,C)$
 of maps assigning to every vertex 
 $s \in V(S)$
 a shape
$s \in V(S)$
 a shape 
 $P(s)$
 and to every arc e in
$P(s)$
 and to every arc e in 
 $E(S)$
 a configuration
$E(S)$
 a configuration 
 $C(e)=(Q(e),X(e),Y(e))=C(\bar e)$
, where
$C(e)=(Q(e),X(e),Y(e))=C(\bar e)$
, where 
 $X(e), Y(e)$
 may be arcs in
$X(e), Y(e)$
 may be arcs in 
 $E(S)$
 or their inverses, such that for
$E(S)$
 or their inverses, such that for 
 $s \in V(S)$
 the following conditions hold:
$s \in V(S)$
 the following conditions hold: 
- 
(D1)  $P(s)$
 and $P(s)$
 and $C(e)$
 are compatible for every $C(e)$
 are compatible for every $e \in E(s)$
. $e \in E(s)$
.
- 
(D2) There is at most one arc  $e\in E(s)$
 such that $e\in E(s)$
 such that $X(e) = e$
. If there is no such arc, then $X(e) = e$
. If there is no such arc, then $P(s)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc. $P(s)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc.
- 
(D3) There is at most one arc  $e\in E(s)$
 such that $e\in E(s)$
 such that $Y(e) = e$
. If there is no such arc, then $Y(e) = e$
. If there is no such arc, then $P(s)$
 ends with a nonvirtual arc. $P(s)$
 ends with a nonvirtual arc.
 The weight 
 $\left \lVert A\right \rVert $
 of the arrangement
$\left \lVert A\right \rVert $
 of the arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on the open subtree S is the total number of nonvirtual arcs contained in all the walks
$A=(P,C)$
 on the open subtree S is the total number of nonvirtual arcs contained in all the walks 
 $P(s)$
 for
$P(s)$
 for 
 $s \in V(S)$
, so
$s \in V(S)$
, so 
 $\left \lVert A\right \rVert =\sum _{s \in V(S)} \left \lVert P(s)\right \rVert $
, where
$\left \lVert A\right \rVert =\sum _{s \in V(S)} \left \lVert P(s)\right \rVert $
, where 
 $\left \lVert P(s)\right \rVert $
 denotes the number of nonvirtual arcs in
$\left \lVert P(s)\right \rVert $
 denotes the number of nonvirtual arcs in 
 $P(s)$
.
$P(s)$
.
 The arrangement A is called boring on an arc 
 $e \in E(S)$
 if
$e \in E(S)$
 if 
 $X(e)=Y(e)$
 and all arcs of
$X(e)=Y(e)$
 and all arcs of 
 $Q(e)$
 are contained in
$Q(e)$
 are contained in 
 $\mathcal {E}(X(e))$
; in this case we also say that the configuration
$\mathcal {E}(X(e))$
; in this case we also say that the configuration 
 $C(e)=(Q(e),X(e),Y(e))$
 is boring. Intuitively, if an arrangement is boring on an arc e, then this means that all nontrivial shapes lie on one side of this arc; in other words, we will not lose any information by removing everything that lies on the other side of this arc from the open subtree. We can thus reduce an arrangement by iteratively pruning subtrees attached to edges on which the arrangement is boring until all such subtrees are trivial. We call an arrangement A reduced if it is nonboring on all arcs in
$C(e)=(Q(e),X(e),Y(e))$
 is boring. Intuitively, if an arrangement is boring on an arc e, then this means that all nontrivial shapes lie on one side of this arc; in other words, we will not lose any information by removing everything that lies on the other side of this arc from the open subtree. We can thus reduce an arrangement by iteratively pruning subtrees attached to edges on which the arrangement is boring until all such subtrees are trivial. We call an arrangement A reduced if it is nonboring on all arcs in 
 $E(S)\setminus \partial E(S)$
. Call a reduced arrangement complete if the configuration
$E(S)\setminus \partial E(S)$
. Call a reduced arrangement complete if the configuration 
 $C(e)$
 is boring and
$C(e)$
 is boring and 
 $X(e)= \bar e$
 for every
$X(e)= \bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in \partial E(S)$
.
$e \in \partial E(S)$
.
 Note that the sketch provided in Figure 1 (for convenience copied in Figure 2 here) now has a rigorous interpretation as an arrangement. Clearly this arrangement is complete. We point out that the exit direction in 
 $e_3$
 must be
$e_3$
 must be 
 $t_3$
 even though the final vertex of the walk used to obtain this arrangement lies in both
$t_3$
 even though the final vertex of the walk used to obtain this arrangement lies in both 
 $\mathcal {G}(t_2)$
 and
$\mathcal {G}(t_2)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {G}(t_3)$
 due to property (D3).
$\mathcal {G}(t_3)$
 due to property (D3).

Figure 2 A complete arrangement. Virtual edges in part graphs and adhesion graphs are drawn in gray and are dashed in the paths making up the arrangement. The little arrows indicate entry and exit directions: the shaft of the arrow pointing into e points towards 
 $X(e)$
, the tip of the arrow pointing out of e points towards
$X(e)$
, the tip of the arrow pointing out of e points towards 
 $Y(e)$
.
$Y(e)$
.
Although entry and exit directions in complete arrangements are fully determined by the shapes, they play a crucial role when recursively constructing arrangements; see Figure 3.

Figure 3 Four arrangements on 
 $\mathrm {star}(t_1)$
 only differing in their entry and exit directions. The arrangement in the top left corner is complete, the others are not. Note that the shapes on
$\mathrm {star}(t_1)$
 only differing in their entry and exit directions. The arrangement in the top left corner is complete, the others are not. Note that the shapes on 
 $t_2$
 which can be used to extend the incomplete arrangements (that is, shapes on
$t_2$
 which can be used to extend the incomplete arrangements (that is, shapes on 
 $t_2$
 compatible with the respective configurations on
$t_2$
 compatible with the respective configurations on 
 $e_2$
) are different.
$e_2$
) are different.
 Our goal is to establish a relation between (complete) arrangements on finite open subtrees S of T and self-avoiding walks of length at least 1 on 
 $\mathcal {G}(S)$
. While our definition of arrangements differs slightly from the definitions of configurations in [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36], we will follow the same strategy, thus our proofs are quite similar.
$\mathcal {G}(S)$
. While our definition of arrangements differs slightly from the definitions of configurations in [Reference Lehner and Lindorfer36], we will follow the same strategy, thus our proofs are quite similar.
The main result of this section is Theorem 4.16 which intuitively states that every self-avoiding walk has an arrangement associated with it and (subject to some technical conditions) this is a bijection. The technical details are quite messy; hence we start by providing a very rough sketch of the main ideas for the convenience of the reader. Tree decompositions can be made coarser by contracting edges, and finer by decontracting these edges again, and we can define corresponding operations on arrangements; see Figure 4 for an example and Constructions 4.5 and 4.8 for details. Every self-avoiding walk p consists of finitely many edges. Thus after some finite number of contractions in the tree decomposition, all edges of p are contained in one part. Hence p is a shape on this part, and this shape can be extended to a configuration on the open star. Decontracting this arrangement gives the arrangement on the original tree decomposition corresponding to p. We may also perform these steps in reverse order to translate an arrangement into a self-avoiding walk.
In the remainder of this section we provide the details of the above proof sketch. As a first step, we show that a self-avoiding walk whose edges belong to a single part can indeed be transformed into an arrangement on the open star.
Lemma 4.1. Let 
 $S=\mathrm {star}(s)$
 be an open star in T and p be a shape on s.
$S=\mathrm {star}(s)$
 be an open star in T and p be a shape on s. 
- 
(i) There is an arrangement  $A=(P,C)$
 on S such that $A=(P,C)$
 on S such that $P(s)=p$
. $P(s)=p$
.
- 
(ii) For  $e \in E(S)$
 the walk $e \in E(S)$
 the walk $Q(e)$
 of the configuration $Q(e)$
 of the configuration $C(e)$
 is uniquely defined by p. $C(e)$
 is uniquely defined by p.
- 
(iii) If p starts in  $\mathcal {V}(f)$
 for some $\mathcal {V}(f)$
 for some $f \in E(S)$
 and/or ends in $f \in E(S)$
 and/or ends in $\mathcal {V}(f')$
 for some $\mathcal {V}(f')$
 for some $f' \in E(S)$
, we may choose A such that $f' \in E(S)$
, we may choose A such that $X(f)=f$
 and/or $X(f)=f$
 and/or $Y(f')=f'$
 holds, respectively. $Y(f')=f'$
 holds, respectively.
Proof. Let 
 $e \in E(S)$
. Our first goal is to construct a walk q on
$e \in E(S)$
. Our first goal is to construct a walk q on 
 $\mathcal {G}(e)$
 such that (C1) is satisfied and show that this walk is unique. If
$\mathcal {G}(e)$
 such that (C1) is satisfied and show that this walk is unique. If 
 $p \cap \mathcal {G}(e) =\emptyset $
, we set
$p \cap \mathcal {G}(e) =\emptyset $
, we set 
 $q=\emptyset $
 the empty walk. Otherwise
$q=\emptyset $
 the empty walk. Otherwise 
 $p \cap \mathcal {G}(e)$
 is a multiwalk, let
$p \cap \mathcal {G}(e)$
 is a multiwalk, let 
 $p_1, \dots , p_n$
 be its walk-components. Set
$p_1, \dots , p_n$
 be its walk-components. Set 
 $q=p_1 e_1 p_2 \dots e_{n-1} p_n$
, where
$q=p_1 e_1 p_2 \dots e_{n-1} p_n$
, where 
 $e_i \in \mathcal {E}(\bar e)$
 connects
$e_i \in \mathcal {E}(\bar e)$
 connects 
 $p_i^+$
 and
$p_i^+$
 and 
 $p_{i+1}^-$
. It is not hard to check that (C1) is satisfied. Furthermore, by definition
$p_{i+1}^-$
. It is not hard to check that (C1) is satisfied. Furthermore, by definition 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \subseteq V(\mathcal {G}(s))$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e) \subseteq V(\mathcal {G}(s))$
 and 
 $\mathcal {E}(e) \subseteq E(\mathcal {G}(s))$
 holds; thus there is no other way to complete q.
$\mathcal {E}(e) \subseteq E(\mathcal {G}(s))$
 holds; thus there is no other way to complete q.
 Let now 
 $P(s)=p$
 and for
$P(s)=p$
 and for 
 $e \in E(S)$
 write
$e \in E(S)$
 write 
 $Q(e)$
 for the walk q on
$Q(e)$
 for the walk q on 
 $G(e)$
 constructed above. If
$G(e)$
 constructed above. If 
 $P(s)$
 starts in some adhesion set
$P(s)$
 starts in some adhesion set 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
, we may choose
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
, we may choose 
 $X(f)=f$
 and
$X(f)=f$
 and 
 $X(e)=\bar e$
 for
$X(e)=\bar e$
 for 
 $e \in E(S)\setminus \{f\}$
. Otherwise, by (C2) we have to choose
$e \in E(S)\setminus \{f\}$
. Otherwise, by (C2) we have to choose 
 $X(e)=\bar e$
 for every
$X(e)=\bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in E(S)$
. Similarly, if
$e \in E(S)$
. Similarly, if 
 $P(s)$
 ends in some adhesion set
$P(s)$
 ends in some adhesion set 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
, we may choose
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
, we may choose 
 $Y(f)=f$
 and
$Y(f)=f$
 and 
 $Y(e)=\overline {e}$
 for
$Y(e)=\overline {e}$
 for 
 $e \in E(S)\setminus \{f\}$
, otherwise we have to choose
$e \in E(S)\setminus \{f\}$
, otherwise we have to choose 
 $Y(e)=\bar e$
 for every
$Y(e)=\bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in E(S)$
. In any case, this construction satisfies (D1) – (D3).
$e \in E(S)$
. In any case, this construction satisfies (D1) – (D3).
The following Lemma formalises the intuition behind the notion of boring configurations. In particular, it shows that it is usually sufficient to work with reduced arrangements, as any nonreduced arrangement can be restricted to a smaller open subtree without losing any information.
Lemma 4.2. Let 
 $S=\mathrm {star}(s)$
 be an open star in T, let
$S=\mathrm {star}(s)$
 be an open star in T, let 
 $e \in E(S)$
 be one of its arcs and let
$e \in E(S)$
 be one of its arcs and let 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 be a nonempty boring configuration on e such that
$c=(q,x,y)$
 be a nonempty boring configuration on e such that 
 $x=y=e$
. Then there is a unique arrangement
$x=y=e$
. Then there is a unique arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on S such that
$A=(P,C)$
 on S such that 
 $C(e)=c$
. Additionally,
$C(e)=c$
. Additionally, 
 $P(s)$
 contains no nonvirtual arcs and
$P(s)$
 contains no nonvirtual arcs and 
 $C(f)$
 is boring for every
$C(f)$
 is boring for every 
 $f \in E(S)\setminus \{e\}$
.
$f \in E(S)\setminus \{e\}$
.
Proof. By definition of boring configurations the walk q contains only arcs in 
 $\mathcal {E}(e)$
 and no arcs in
$\mathcal {E}(e)$
 and no arcs in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\bar e)$
. Thus q is a shape on s and Lemma 4.1 provides the existence of an arrangement
$\mathcal {E}(\bar e)$
. Thus q is a shape on s and Lemma 4.1 provides the existence of an arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on S such that
$A=(P,C)$
 on S such that 
 $P(s)=q$
. Additionally q starts and ends in
$P(s)=q$
. Additionally q starts and ends in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
, so we may choose A such that
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
, so we may choose A such that 
 $X(e)=Y(e)=e$
. Note that this is the only way of choosing entry and exit directions which is consistent with the given boring configuration c, and it is easy to check that indeed
$X(e)=Y(e)=e$
. Note that this is the only way of choosing entry and exit directions which is consistent with the given boring configuration c, and it is easy to check that indeed 
 $C(e)=c$
.
$C(e)=c$
.
 Let 
 $f \neq e$
 be an arc of S. Then properties (D2) and (D3) imply
$f \neq e$
 be an arc of S. Then properties (D2) and (D3) imply 
 $X(f)=Y(f)=\bar f$
 because
$X(f)=Y(f)=\bar f$
 because 
 $X(e)=Y(e) = e$
. Also
$X(e)=Y(e) = e$
. Also 
 $P(s) \cap \mathcal {G}(f)$
 consists only of vertices, so (C1) implies that all arcs of
$P(s) \cap \mathcal {G}(f)$
 consists only of vertices, so (C1) implies that all arcs of 
 $Q(f)$
 are contained in
$Q(f)$
 are contained in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
, so that
$\mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
, so that 
 $C(f)$
 is boring.
$C(f)$
 is boring.
Remark 4.3. We can apply the above lemma recursively. As 
 $C(f)$
 is boring for every edge
$C(f)$
 is boring for every edge 
 $f \in E(S) \setminus \{e\}$
, any shape on
$f \in E(S) \setminus \{e\}$
, any shape on 
 $f^+$
 compatible with
$f^+$
 compatible with 
 $C(f)$
 contains no nonvirtual arcs, and any configuration on an edge incident to
$C(f)$
 contains no nonvirtual arcs, and any configuration on an edge incident to 
 $f^+$
 compatible with such a shape must be boring.
$f^+$
 compatible with such a shape must be boring.
Remark 4.4. Observe that for any arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on a finite open subtree S of T empty configurations can only occur on boundary arcs of S. This follows from the fact that if
$A=(P,C)$
 on a finite open subtree S of T empty configurations can only occur on boundary arcs of S. This follows from the fact that if 
 $X(e) = e$
 for some interior arc e of S, then the walk
$X(e) = e$
 for some interior arc e of S, then the walk 
 $P(e^-)$
 has to start in
$P(e^-)$
 has to start in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 by (C2) and thus
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 by (C2) and thus 
 $Q(e)$
 is not empty by (C1).
$Q(e)$
 is not empty by (C1).
 In the next step we will construct coarser tree decompositions from a given tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 of G by contracting arcs of T (similar to the construction used in the proof of Corollary 3.2).
$\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 of G by contracting arcs of T (similar to the construction used in the proof of Corollary 3.2).
 We first recall the definition of contraction in the special case where only a single edge is contracted, and introduce some additional notation for this special case. Let f be an arc of T. The tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}/f=(T/f,\mathcal {V}/f)$
 of G obtained from
$\mathcal {T}/f=(T/f,\mathcal {V}/f)$
 of G obtained from 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 by contracting f is given as follows. The vertex set
$\mathcal {T}$
 by contracting f is given as follows. The vertex set 
 $V(T/f)$
 of the decomposition tree
$V(T/f)$
 of the decomposition tree 
 $T/f$
 is obtained from
$T/f$
 is obtained from 
 $V(T)$
 by replacing
$V(T)$
 by replacing 
 $f^-$
 and
$f^-$
 and 
 $f^+$
 by a single new vertex
$f^+$
 by a single new vertex 
 $s_f$
 and its edge set
$s_f$
 and its edge set 
 $E(T/f)$
 is obtained from
$E(T/f)$
 is obtained from 
 $E(T)$
 by deleting f and
$E(T)$
 by deleting f and 
 $\bar {f}$
 and for the remaining edges changing all endpoints in
$\bar {f}$
 and for the remaining edges changing all endpoints in 
 $\{f^-, f^+\}$
 to the new vertex
$\{f^-, f^+\}$
 to the new vertex 
 $s_f$
. In other words, we contract f and leave the names of vertices and edges unchanged wherever possible. Furthermore, the part corresponding to
$s_f$
. In other words, we contract f and leave the names of vertices and edges unchanged wherever possible. Furthermore, the part corresponding to 
 $s_f$
 is
$s_f$
 is 
 $\mathcal {V}/f(s_f)=\mathcal {V}(f^-) \cup \mathcal {V}(f^+)$
; for all other vertices
$\mathcal {V}/f(s_f)=\mathcal {V}(f^-) \cup \mathcal {V}(f^+)$
; for all other vertices 
 $t \in V(T/f)$
 we define
$t \in V(T/f)$
 we define 
 $\mathcal {V}/f(t) = \mathcal {V}(t)$
. It is not hard to check that the result satisfies properties (T1)–(T3), thus being a tree decomposition. The part graph of the new vertex is
$\mathcal {V}/f(t) = \mathcal {V}(t)$
. It is not hard to check that the result satisfies properties (T1)–(T3), thus being a tree decomposition. The part graph of the new vertex is 
 $\mathcal {G}(s_f)=\mathcal {G}(\mathrm {star}(f))$
; all other part graphs and adhesion graphs are inherited from
$\mathcal {G}(s_f)=\mathcal {G}(\mathrm {star}(f))$
; all other part graphs and adhesion graphs are inherited from 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 and stay the same.
$\mathcal {T}$
 and stay the same.
 Given an arrangement with respect to the tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}$
, we can define the contraction of the arrangement as described below. An example of the construction and its inverse (Construction 4.8) are shown in Figure 4.
$\mathcal {T}$
, we can define the contraction of the arrangement as described below. An example of the construction and its inverse (Construction 4.8) are shown in Figure 4.
Construction 4.5. Let 
 $A=(P,C)$
 be an arrangement on the open subtree
$A=(P,C)$
 be an arrangement on the open subtree 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
 of T and let
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
 of T and let 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 be the open star in
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 be the open star in 
 $T/f$
 centred in the new vertex
$T/f$
 centred in the new vertex 
 $s_f$
 introduced by contracting f in T. We construct a pair
$s_f$
 introduced by contracting f in T. We construct a pair 
 $(P/f,C/f)$
 and show that it is an arrangement on
$(P/f,C/f)$
 and show that it is an arrangement on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
. Configurations stay the same; we set
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
. Configurations stay the same; we set 
 $C/f(e)=C(e)$
 for every
$C/f(e)=C(e)$
 for every 
 $e \in E(s_f)$
. By Remark 4.4 the configuration
$e \in E(s_f)$
. By Remark 4.4 the configuration 
 $C(f)$
 is nonempty, let
$C(f)$
 is nonempty, let 
 $Q(f)=(v_1, e_1, \dots , e_{k-1}, v_k)$
. By (C1) we have that
$Q(f)=(v_1, e_1, \dots , e_{k-1}, v_k)$
. By (C1) we have that 
 $P(f^-)$
 and
$P(f^-)$
 and 
 $P(f^+)$
 both visit
$P(f^+)$
 both visit 
 $v_1, \dots , v_k$
 in this order and no other vertices of
$v_1, \dots , v_k$
 in this order and no other vertices of 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Let
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Let 
 $a_0=X(f)$
, let
$a_0=X(f)$
, let 
 $a_k=Y(f)$
 and for
$a_k=Y(f)$
 and for 
 $j \in [k-1]$
 let
$j \in [k-1]$
 let 
 $a_j \in \{f,\bar {f}\}$
 such that
$a_j \in \{f,\bar {f}\}$
 such that 
 $e_j \in \mathcal {E}(a_j)$
. We define the walk
$e_j \in \mathcal {E}(a_j)$
. We define the walk 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 as the concatenation
$P/f(s_f)$
 as the concatenation 
 $$\begin{align*}P(a_0^+)v_1P(a_1^+)v_2\dots v_kP(a_k^+). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}P(a_0^+)v_1P(a_1^+)v_2\dots v_kP(a_k^+). \end{align*}$$
 In other words, 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 is obtained from
$P/f(s_f)$
 is obtained from 
 $P(f^-)$
 and
$P(f^-)$
 and 
 $P(f^+)$
 by deleting all arcs in
$P(f^+)$
 by deleting all arcs in 
 $\mathcal {E}(f)$
 and then piecing the walk components of the resulting multiwalks together in a consistent manner.
$\mathcal {E}(f)$
 and then piecing the walk components of the resulting multiwalks together in a consistent manner.
Intuitively it should be clear that applying Construction 4.5 to an arrangement yields an arrangement on the contracted tree decomposition. We will now prove this formally.
Lemma 4.6. The walk 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 is a self-avoiding walk on
$P/f(s_f)$
 is a self-avoiding walk on 
 $\mathcal {G}(s_f)$
 satisfying
$\mathcal {G}(s_f)$
 satisfying 
 $ P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-) = P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
 and
$ P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-) = P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
 and 
 $P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^+) = P(f^+) - \mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
. In particular, the set of arcs contained in
$P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^+) = P(f^+) - \mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
. In particular, the set of arcs contained in 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 consists of the arc sets of
$P/f(s_f)$
 consists of the arc sets of 
 $P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
 and
$P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
 and 
 $P(f^+) - \mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
.
$P(f^+) - \mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
.
Proof. Let 
 $P/f(s_f) = P(a_0^+)v_1P(a_1^+)v_2\dots v_kP(a_k^+)$
 as defined above. If one of
$P/f(s_f) = P(a_0^+)v_1P(a_1^+)v_2\dots v_kP(a_k^+)$
 as defined above. If one of 
 $P(f^-)$
 and
$P(f^-)$
 and 
 $P(f^+)$
 is the empty walk, then all claimed properties are trivially satisfied, so we may assume that both walks are nonempty. By (C2),
$P(f^+)$
 is the empty walk, then all claimed properties are trivially satisfied, so we may assume that both walks are nonempty. By (C2), 
 $P(X(f)^-)$
 must start in
$P(X(f)^-)$
 must start in 
 $v_1$
 and by (C3),
$v_1$
 and by (C3), 
 $P(Y(f)^-)$
 must end in
$P(Y(f)^-)$
 must end in 
 $v_k$
, so both
$v_k$
, so both 
 $P(a_0^-)v_1$
 and
$P(a_0^-)v_1$
 and 
 $v_kP(a_k^-)$
 are trivial. By definition
$v_kP(a_k^-)$
 are trivial. By definition 
 $Q(f)$
 is a walk consisting of arcs
$Q(f)$
 is a walk consisting of arcs 
 $e_1, \dots e_{k-1}$
 and by (C1),
$e_1, \dots e_{k-1}$
 and by (C1), 
 $v_jP(a_j^-)v_{j+1}$
 consists only of the virtual arc
$v_jP(a_j^-)v_{j+1}$
 consists only of the virtual arc 
 $e_j$
. Combining these observations with the fact that
$e_j$
. Combining these observations with the fact that 
 $P(f^-)$
 can be decomposed as
$P(f^-)$
 can be decomposed as 
 $P(f^-) = P(f^-)v_1P(f^-)v_2\dots v_l P(f^-)$
 we conclude that
$P(f^-) = P(f^-)v_1P(f^-)v_2\dots v_l P(f^-)$
 we conclude that 
 $$\begin{align*}P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal{G}(f^-) = P(f^-) - \mathcal{E}(f),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal{G}(f^-) = P(f^-) - \mathcal{E}(f),\end{align*}$$
and similarly for 
 $f^+$
. This implies that
$f^+$
. This implies that 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 uses no vertex more than once: for vertices in
$P/f(s_f)$
 uses no vertex more than once: for vertices in 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
, this holds by definition; for vertices outside of
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
, this holds by definition; for vertices outside of 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
, this follows from the fact that
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
, this follows from the fact that 
 $P(f^-)$
 and
$P(f^-)$
 and 
 $P(f^+)$
 are self-avoiding. Hence
$P(f^+)$
 are self-avoiding. Hence 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 is self-avoiding.
$P/f(s_f)$
 is self-avoiding.
Lemma 4.7. The pair 
 $A/f=(P/f,C/f)$
 defined in Construction 4.5 is an arrangement on
$A/f=(P/f,C/f)$
 defined in Construction 4.5 is an arrangement on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
.
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
.
Proof. We have already seen that 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 is a shape and by definition
$P/f(s_f)$
 is a shape and by definition 
 $C/f(e)=C(e)$
 is a configuration, so we only need to verify (D1) – (D3). Let
$C/f(e)=C(e)$
 is a configuration, so we only need to verify (D1) – (D3). Let 
 $e \in \mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 and assume without loss of generality that
$e \in \mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 and assume without loss of generality that 
 $e^-=f^-$
 in T. Then by construction
$e^-=f^-$
 in T. Then by construction 
 $$\begin{align*}P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal{G}(e) = P(f^-) \cap \mathcal{G}(e) = Q(e) \cap \mathcal{G}(f^-)=Q(e) \cap \mathcal{G}(s_f), \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}P/f(s_f) \cap \mathcal{G}(e) = P(f^-) \cap \mathcal{G}(e) = Q(e) \cap \mathcal{G}(f^-)=Q(e) \cap \mathcal{G}(s_f), \end{align*}$$
so (C1) holds. Furthermore, 
 $X(e)=e$
 if and only if
$X(e)=e$
 if and only if 
 $P(f^-)$
 starts in
$P(f^-)$
 starts in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and additionally
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and additionally 
 $X(f)=\bar f$
 by (D2) and thus
$X(f)=\bar f$
 by (D2) and thus 
 $P(f^+)$
 starts in
$P(f^+)$
 starts in 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Then by construction the starting vertices of
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Then by construction the starting vertices of 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 and
$P/f(s_f)$
 and 
 $P(f^-)$
 coincide, so
$P(f^-)$
 coincide, so 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 starts in
$P/f(s_f)$
 starts in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and (C2) is satisfied. Finally, either
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and (C2) is satisfied. Finally, either 
 $X(f)=f$
 or
$X(f)=f$
 or 
 $X(f)=\bar {f}$
, so again by (D2) at most one arc
$X(f)=\bar {f}$
, so again by (D2) at most one arc 
 $e \in \mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 can satisfy
$e \in \mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 can satisfy 
 $X(e) = e$
. If there is no such arc, and without loss of generality
$X(e) = e$
. If there is no such arc, and without loss of generality 
 $X(f)=\bar {f}$
, then each
$X(f)=\bar {f}$
, then each 
 $e \in E(X(f)^-)$
 satisfies
$e \in E(X(f)^-)$
 satisfies 
 $X(e)=\bar e$
, so
$X(e)=\bar e$
, so 
 $P(X(f)^-)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc, so
$P(X(f)^-)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc, so 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc and (D2) follows. Finally, (C3) and (D3) follow analogously by considering exit directions.
$P/f(s_f)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc and (D2) follows. Finally, (C3) and (D3) follow analogously by considering exit directions.
 We have managed to contract an arrangement on the open tree 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
 of T to obtain an arrangement on the open star
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
 of T to obtain an arrangement on the open star 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 of
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 of 
 $T/f$
. In the next step, we want to do the converse, projecting a given arrangement
$T/f$
. In the next step, we want to do the converse, projecting a given arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on
$A=(P,C)$
 on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 down to obtain an arrangement
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 down to obtain an arrangement 
 $\pi A=(\pi P, \pi C)$
 on
$\pi A=(\pi P, \pi C)$
 on 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
, see again Figure 4 for a sketch. For technical reasons we assume that
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
, see again Figure 4 for a sketch. For technical reasons we assume that 
 $P(s_f)$
 meets
$P(s_f)$
 meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
.
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
.
Construction 4.8. As one might expect, we choose 
 $\pi C(e)=C(e)$
 for
$\pi C(e)=C(e)$
 for 
 $e \in \partial E(f)$
. By definition
$e \in \partial E(f)$
. By definition 
 $P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f)$
 is a multiwalk on the adhesion graph
$P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f)$
 is a multiwalk on the adhesion graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(f)$
. Each of its walk components consists only of a single vertex
$\mathcal {G}(f)$
. Each of its walk components consists only of a single vertex 
 $v_i$
. Therefore the walk
$v_i$
. Therefore the walk 
 $P(s_f)$
 can be written as a concatenation
$P(s_f)$
 can be written as a concatenation 
 $q_0 \dots q_k$
 of sub-walks
$q_0 \dots q_k$
 of sub-walks 
 $q_i$
, where
$q_i$
, where 
 $q_0=P(s_f) v_1$
,
$q_0=P(s_f) v_1$
, 
 $q_k=v_k P(s_f)$
 and
$q_k=v_k P(s_f)$
 and 
 $q_j=v_j P(s_f) v_{j+1}$
 for
$q_j=v_j P(s_f) v_{j+1}$
 for 
 $j \in [k-1]$
. Note that while
$j \in [k-1]$
. Note that while 
 $q_0$
 and
$q_0$
 and 
 $q_k$
 may be trivial, all other
$q_k$
 may be trivial, all other 
 $q_j$
 must have length at least 1. By the basic properties of tree-decompositions, the arcs of each (nontrivial)
$q_j$
 must have length at least 1. By the basic properties of tree-decompositions, the arcs of each (nontrivial) 
 $q_j$
 are contained in exactly one of
$q_j$
 are contained in exactly one of 
 $\mathcal {G}(f^-), \mathcal {G}(f^+)$
. Let
$\mathcal {G}(f^-), \mathcal {G}(f^+)$
. Let 
 $a_j \in \{f,\bar f\}$
 be such that
$a_j \in \{f,\bar f\}$
 be such that 
 $q_j \in \mathcal {G}(a_j^+)$
; in other words,
$q_j \in \mathcal {G}(a_j^+)$
; in other words, 
 $a_j$
 marks on which side of f the part containing
$a_j$
 marks on which side of f the part containing 
 $q_j$
 lies. For
$q_j$
 lies. For 
 $j \in [k-1]$
 let
$j \in [k-1]$
 let 
 $e_j$
 be the (virtual) arc in
$e_j$
 be the (virtual) arc in 
 $\mathcal {E}(a_j)$
 connecting
$\mathcal {E}(a_j)$
 connecting 
 $v_j$
 and
$v_j$
 and 
 $v_{j+1}$
. We are able to construct shapes
$v_{j+1}$
. We are able to construct shapes 
 $\pi P(s)$
 for
$\pi P(s)$
 for 
 $s \in \{f^-, f^+\}$
 and a configuration
$s \in \{f^-, f^+\}$
 and a configuration 
 $\pi C(f)=(\pi Q(f), \pi X(f),\pi Y(f))=\pi C(\bar f)$
. The shape
$\pi C(f)=(\pi Q(f), \pi X(f),\pi Y(f))=\pi C(\bar f)$
. The shape 
 $\pi P(s)$
 is given as the concatenation
$\pi P(s)$
 is given as the concatenation 
 $p_0 p_1 \dots p_k$
, where
$p_0 p_1 \dots p_k$
, where 
 $$\begin{align*}p_j=\begin{cases} q_j \quad &\text{if } a_j^+=s, \\ (v_j, e_j, v_{j+1}) \quad &\text{if } j \in [k-1] \text{ and } a_j^+\neq s, \\ (v_j) \quad &\text{if } j \in \{0,k\} \text{ and } a_j^+\neq s. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}p_j=\begin{cases} q_j \quad &\text{if } a_j^+=s, \\ (v_j, e_j, v_{j+1}) \quad &\text{if } j \in [k-1] \text{ and } a_j^+\neq s, \\ (v_j) \quad &\text{if } j \in \{0,k\} \text{ and } a_j^+\neq s. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
The walk 
 $\pi Q(f)$
 is given as
$\pi Q(f)$
 is given as 
 $\pi Q(f)=(v_1, e_1, v_2, \dots , e_{k-1}, v_k)$
. Finally, by (D2) there is at most one
$\pi Q(f)=(v_1, e_1, v_2, \dots , e_{k-1}, v_k)$
. Finally, by (D2) there is at most one 
 $e \in E(s_f)$
 such that
$e \in E(s_f)$
 such that 
 $X(e) = e$
. If such an arc exists, we choose
$X(e) = e$
. If such an arc exists, we choose 
 $\pi X(f)\in \{f, \bar f\}$
 such that
$\pi X(f)\in \{f, \bar f\}$
 such that 
 $\pi X(f)^+=e^-$
. Otherwise
$\pi X(f)^+=e^-$
. Otherwise 
 $P(s_f)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc
$P(s_f)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc 
 $e_0 \in \mathcal {E}(s_f)$
 and we choose
$e_0 \in \mathcal {E}(s_f)$
 and we choose 
 $\pi X(f)\in \{f, \bar f\}$
 such that
$\pi X(f)\in \{f, \bar f\}$
 such that 
 $e_0 \in \mathcal {E}(\pi X(f)^+)$
. Similarly if there is an arc
$e_0 \in \mathcal {E}(\pi X(f)^+)$
. Similarly if there is an arc 
 $e \in E(s_f)$
 such that
$e \in E(s_f)$
 such that 
 $Y(e) = e$
 we choose
$Y(e) = e$
 we choose 
 $\pi Y(f)$
 such that
$\pi Y(f)$
 such that 
 $\pi Y(f)^+=e^-$
; otherwise we choose
$\pi Y(f)^+=e^-$
; otherwise we choose 
 $Y(f)$
 such that the last arc of
$Y(f)$
 such that the last arc of 
 $P(s_f)$
 is contained in
$P(s_f)$
 is contained in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\pi Y(f)^+)$
.
$\mathcal {E}(\pi Y(f)^+)$
.
We now prove that applying Construction 4.8 to an arrangement gives an arrangement.
Lemma 4.9. The walks 
 $\pi P(f^-)$
 and
$\pi P(f^-)$
 and 
 $\pi P(f^+)$
 are self-avoiding walks on
$\pi P(f^+)$
 are self-avoiding walks on 
 $\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
 and
$\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {G}(f^+)$
 satisfying
$\mathcal {G}(f^+)$
 satisfying 
 $P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-) = \pi P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
 and
$P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-) = \pi P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
 and 
 $P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^+) = \pi P(f^+) - \mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
.
$P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^+) = \pi P(f^+) - \mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
.
Proof. By construction 
 $\pi P(f^-)$
 consists of all walk-components
$\pi P(f^-)$
 consists of all walk-components 
 $q_j$
 of
$q_j$
 of 
 $P(s_f)$
 contained in
$P(s_f)$
 contained in 
 $\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
, while those
$\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
, while those 
 $q_j$
 not contained in
$q_j$
 not contained in 
 $\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
 are replaced by virtual arcs
$\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
 are replaced by virtual arcs 
 $e_j \in \mathcal {E}(f)$
 (shortcuts) connecting the same endpoints. In particular
$e_j \in \mathcal {E}(f)$
 (shortcuts) connecting the same endpoints. In particular 
 $\pi P(f^-)$
 is a walk and
$\pi P(f^-)$
 is a walk and 
 $P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-) = \pi P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
. Furthermore, it is self-avoiding because its sequence of vertices also occurs in the SAW
$P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-) = \pi P(f^-) - \mathcal {E}(f)$
. Furthermore, it is self-avoiding because its sequence of vertices also occurs in the SAW 
 $P(s_f)$
. The statements for
$P(s_f)$
. The statements for 
 $\pi P(f^+)$
 follow analogously.
$\pi P(f^+)$
 follow analogously.
Lemma 4.10. The map 
 $\pi A=(\pi P,\pi C)$
 defined in Construction 4.8 is an arrangement on
$\pi A=(\pi P,\pi C)$
 defined in Construction 4.8 is an arrangement on 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
.
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
.
Proof. We show that (D1) – (D3) holds for 
 $s=f^-$
; the other vertex
$s=f^-$
; the other vertex 
 $f^+$
 is treated analogously. For
$f^+$
 is treated analogously. For 
 $e \in E(f^-) \setminus \{f\}$
 compatibility follows from the fact that
$e \in E(f^-) \setminus \{f\}$
 compatibility follows from the fact that 
 $\pi P(f^-) \cap \mathcal {G}(e)=P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(e)$
 and
$\pi P(f^-) \cap \mathcal {G}(e)=P(s_f) \cap \mathcal {G}(e)$
 and 
 $$\begin{align*}\pi X(e)= e \iff X(e)= e \iff P(s_f) \text{ starts in } \mathcal{V}(e) \iff \pi P(f^-) \text{ starts in } \mathcal{V}(e). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\pi X(e)= e \iff X(e)= e \iff P(s_f) \text{ starts in } \mathcal{V}(e) \iff \pi P(f^-) \text{ starts in } \mathcal{V}(e). \end{align*}$$
and the analogous statement for 
 $\pi Y(e)$
. We still need to consider the arc f. By construction
$\pi Y(e)$
. We still need to consider the arc f. By construction 
 $\pi Q(f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-)$
 is a nonempty multiwalk consisting of all virtual arcs
$\pi Q(f) \cap \mathcal {G}(f^-)$
 is a nonempty multiwalk consisting of all virtual arcs 
 $e_j$
 in
$e_j$
 in 
 $\mathcal {E}(f)$
 such that
$\mathcal {E}(f)$
 such that 
 $q_j \in \mathcal {G}(f^+)$
, which are exactly the virtual arcs in
$q_j \in \mathcal {G}(f^+)$
, which are exactly the virtual arcs in 
 $\pi P(f^-) \cap \mathcal {G}(f)$
. Furthermore,
$\pi P(f^-) \cap \mathcal {G}(f)$
. Furthermore, 
 $\pi X(f)=f$
 holds either if
$\pi X(f)=f$
 holds either if 
 $X(e)=e$
 holds for some arc
$X(e)=e$
 holds for some arc 
 $e \in \mathcal {E}(f^+) \setminus \{\bar f\}$
 or if
$e \in \mathcal {E}(f^+) \setminus \{\bar f\}$
 or if 
 $q_0$
 is nontrivial and contained in
$q_0$
 is nontrivial and contained in 
 $\mathcal {G}(f^+)$
. In both cases
$\mathcal {G}(f^+)$
. In both cases 
 $\pi P(f^-)$
 starts at
$\pi P(f^-)$
 starts at 
 $v_0 \in \mathcal {V}(f)$
. Similarly, if
$v_0 \in \mathcal {V}(f)$
. Similarly, if 
 $\pi Y(f) = f$
, then
$\pi Y(f) = f$
, then 
 $\pi P(f^-)$
 ends at
$\pi P(f^-)$
 ends at 
 $v_k \in \mathcal {V}(f)$
, so (D1) is satisfied. Again by construction
$v_k \in \mathcal {V}(f)$
, so (D1) is satisfied. Again by construction 
 $\pi X(f)= f$
 can only hold if
$\pi X(f)= f$
 can only hold if 
 $\pi X(e)=\bar e$
 for all
$\pi X(e)=\bar e$
 for all 
 $e \in \mathcal {E}(f^-) \setminus \{\bar f\}$
, so at most one
$e \in \mathcal {E}(f^-) \setminus \{\bar f\}$
, so at most one 
 $e \in \mathcal {E}(f^-)$
 satisfies
$e \in \mathcal {E}(f^-)$
 satisfies 
 $\pi X(e) \neq e$
. If there is no such arc, then
$\pi X(e) \neq e$
. If there is no such arc, then 
 $P(s_f)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc which is by construction contained in
$P(s_f)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc which is by construction contained in 
 $\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
. In particular
$\mathcal {G}(f^-)$
. In particular 
 $\pi P(f^-)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc, yielding (D2). Similar arguments for the exit direction
$\pi P(f^-)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc, yielding (D2). Similar arguments for the exit direction 
 $\pi Y$
 yield (D3). We conclude that
$\pi Y$
 yield (D3). We conclude that 
 $\pi A$
 is indeed an arrangement on
$\pi A$
 is indeed an arrangement on 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
.
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
.
 Next we show that contraction and projection are inverses of one another. The technical condition that the shape meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
 ensures that all shapes are nonempty. This is crucial for the bijection between self-avoiding walks and arrangements. Without this technical condition, every self-avoiding walk would correspond to not just one, but infinitely many different arrangements, obtained by attaching arbitrarily many boring configurations and suitable (often empty) shapes.
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
 ensures that all shapes are nonempty. This is crucial for the bijection between self-avoiding walks and arrangements. Without this technical condition, every self-avoiding walk would correspond to not just one, but infinitely many different arrangements, obtained by attaching arbitrarily many boring configurations and suitable (often empty) shapes.
Proposition 4.11. Contraction of arrangements 
 $A \mapsto A/f$
 defines a bijection between arrangements on the open subtree
$A \mapsto A/f$
 defines a bijection between arrangements on the open subtree 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
 of T with respect to
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
 of T with respect to 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 and arrangements on the open star
$\mathcal {T}$
 and arrangements on the open star 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 centred in the contracted vertex
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 centred in the contracted vertex 
 $s_f$
 of
$s_f$
 of 
 $T/f$
 with respect to
$T/f$
 with respect to 
 $\mathcal {T}/f$
 whose shape on
$\mathcal {T}/f$
 whose shape on 
 $s_f$
 meets
$s_f$
 meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Its inverse map is the projection
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Its inverse map is the projection 
 $A \mapsto \pi A$
 of arrangements. Moreover
$A \mapsto \pi A$
 of arrangements. Moreover 
 $\left \lVert A\right \rVert = \left \lVert A/f\right \rVert $
 holds.
$\left \lVert A\right \rVert = \left \lVert A/f\right \rVert $
 holds.
Proof. We have already seen that 
 $A \mapsto A/f$
 maps arrangements on
$A \mapsto A/f$
 maps arrangements on 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
 to arrangements on
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
 to arrangements on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 and that
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 and that 
 $A \mapsto \pi A$
 maps arrangements on
$A \mapsto \pi A$
 maps arrangements on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 to arrangements on
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 to arrangements on 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
. By Remark 4.4 the walk
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
. By Remark 4.4 the walk 
 $Q(f)$
 of the configuration
$Q(f)$
 of the configuration 
 $C(f)$
 is nonempty, so by construction
$C(f)$
 is nonempty, so by construction 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 intersects
$P/f(s_f)$
 intersects 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Furthermore, by Lemma 4.6 the set of nonvirtual arcs of
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
. Furthermore, by Lemma 4.6 the set of nonvirtual arcs of 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 is the disjoint union of the sets of nonvirtual arcs of
$P/f(s_f)$
 is the disjoint union of the sets of nonvirtual arcs of 
 $P(f^-)$
 and
$P(f^-)$
 and 
 $P(f^+)$
, so
$P(f^+)$
, so 
 $\left \lVert A\right \rVert = \left \lVert A/f\right \rVert $
 holds.
$\left \lVert A\right \rVert = \left \lVert A/f\right \rVert $
 holds.
 Let A be an arrangement on 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
. We claim that
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
. We claim that 
 $\pi (A/f)=A$
. By construction
$\pi (A/f)=A$
. By construction 
 $\pi (A/f)$
 is an arrangement on
$\pi (A/f)$
 is an arrangement on 
 $\mathrm {star}(f)$
 such that
$\mathrm {star}(f)$
 such that 
 $\pi (C/f)(e) = C/f(e)=C(e)$
 for every
$\pi (C/f)(e) = C/f(e)=C(e)$
 for every 
 $e \in E(f)$
. Additionally, by Lemmas 4.6 and 4.9 we have that
$e \in E(f)$
. Additionally, by Lemmas 4.6 and 4.9 we have that 
 $\pi (P/f)(f^-)$
 satisfies
$\pi (P/f)(f^-)$
 satisfies 
 $$\begin{align*}\pi (P/f)(f^-)-\mathcal{E}(f)=P/f(s_f)\cap \mathcal{G}(f^-)=P(f^-)-\mathcal{E}(f). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\pi (P/f)(f^-)-\mathcal{E}(f)=P/f(s_f)\cap \mathcal{G}(f^-)=P(f^-)-\mathcal{E}(f). \end{align*}$$
Any virtual arcs of 
 $\pi P/f(f^-)$
 in
$\pi P/f(f^-)$
 in 
 $\mathcal {E}(f)$
 must connect the walk-components of
$\mathcal {E}(f)$
 must connect the walk-components of 
 $\pi P/f(f^-)-\mathcal {E}(f)$
; thus we conclude
$\pi P/f(f^-)-\mathcal {E}(f)$
; thus we conclude 
 $\pi (P/f)(f^-)=P(f^-)$
. In a similar way we obtain
$\pi (P/f)(f^-)=P(f^-)$
. In a similar way we obtain 
 $\pi (P/f)(f^+)=P(f^+)$
.
$\pi (P/f)(f^+)=P(f^+)$
.
 It remains to show that 
 $\pi (C/f)(f)=C(f)$
. Equality of the walks
$\pi (C/f)(f)=C(f)$
. Equality of the walks 
 $\pi (Q/f)(f)$
 and
$\pi (Q/f)(f)$
 and 
 $Q(f)$
 follows directly from (C1) of compatibility: Both walks
$Q(f)$
 follows directly from (C1) of compatibility: Both walks 
 $\pi (Q/f)(f)$
 and
$\pi (Q/f)(f)$
 and 
 $Q(f)$
 consist of all virtual arcs of the shapes
$Q(f)$
 consist of all virtual arcs of the shapes 
 $\pi (P/f)(f^-)=P(f^-)$
 and
$\pi (P/f)(f^-)=P(f^-)$
 and 
 $\pi (P/f)(f^+)=P(f^+)$
 contained in
$\pi (P/f)(f^+)=P(f^+)$
 contained in 
 $\mathcal {G}(f)$
 and also the order of these arcs coincides. Finally, if there is some arc
$\mathcal {G}(f)$
 and also the order of these arcs coincides. Finally, if there is some arc 
 $e \in \partial E(f)$
 such that
$e \in \partial E(f)$
 such that 
 $X(e)= e$
, then also
$X(e)= e$
, then also 
 $\pi (X/f)(e) = e$
 and thus (D2) yields
$\pi (X/f)(e) = e$
 and thus (D2) yields 
 $X(f)= \pi (X/f)(f)$
. Otherwise
$X(f)= \pi (X/f)(f)$
. Otherwise 
 $X(e)=\bar e$
 holds for all
$X(e)=\bar e$
 holds for all 
 $e \in E(X(f)^+)$
, so by (D2) the walk
$e \in E(X(f)^+)$
, so by (D2) the walk 
 $P(X(f)^+)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc
$P(X(f)^+)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc 
 $e_0$
 and by (C2) the walk
$e_0$
 and by (C2) the walk 
 $P(X(f)^-)$
 starts in
$P(X(f)^-)$
 starts in 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
. In particular, the first arc of
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
. In particular, the first arc of 
 $P/f(s_f)$
 is
$P/f(s_f)$
 is 
 $e_0$
 and by construction
$e_0$
 and by construction 
 $\pi (X/f)(f)=X(f)$
. Analogous arguments yield
$\pi (X/f)(f)=X(f)$
. Analogous arguments yield 
 $\pi (Y/f)(f)=Y(f)$
.
$\pi (Y/f)(f)=Y(f)$
.
 The proof that 
 $(\pi A)/f=A$
 holds for every arrangement
$(\pi A)/f=A$
 holds for every arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on
$A=(P,C)$
 on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 such that
$\mathrm {star}(s_f)$
 such that 
 $P(s_f)$
 intersects
$P(s_f)$
 intersects 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 works similarly and is left to the reader.
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 works similarly and is left to the reader.
 Let S be a finite open subtree of T. Starting with a given tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 of G the process of edge contraction can be iteratively applied to contract each interior edge of S. In this way S is contracted into an open star centred at a single vertex
$\mathcal {T}=(T,\mathcal {V})$
 of G the process of edge contraction can be iteratively applied to contract each interior edge of S. In this way S is contracted into an open star centred at a single vertex 
 $s_S$
. We denote the obtained tree decomposition by
$s_S$
. We denote the obtained tree decomposition by 
 $\mathcal {T}/S=(T/S,\mathcal {V}/S)$
. As before, an arrangement A on S will be contracted to an arrangement
$\mathcal {T}/S=(T/S,\mathcal {V}/S)$
. As before, an arrangement A on S will be contracted to an arrangement 
 $A/S$
 on the open star
$A/S$
 on the open star 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_S)$
 of
$\mathrm {star}(s_S)$
 of 
 $T/S$
.
$T/S$
.
Remark 4.12. It is not hard to see that neither the contracted tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}/S=(T/S, \mathcal {V}/S)$
 nor the contracted arrangement
$\mathcal {T}/S=(T/S, \mathcal {V}/S)$
 nor the contracted arrangement 
 $A/S=(P/S,C/S)$
 on
$A/S=(P/S,C/S)$
 on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_S)$
 depends on the order of edge contractions: Clearly the tree obtained by consecutive edge contractions does not depend on the order. Additionally
$\mathrm {star}(s_S)$
 depends on the order of edge contractions: Clearly the tree obtained by consecutive edge contractions does not depend on the order. Additionally 
 $\mathcal {V}/S(s_S)$
 is the union of all vertices in
$\mathcal {V}/S(s_S)$
 is the union of all vertices in 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for 
 $s \in V(S)$
 and
$s \in V(S)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}/S(t)=\mathcal {V}(t)$
 for
$\mathcal {V}/S(t)=\mathcal {V}(t)$
 for 
 $t \in V(T/S)\setminus \{s_S\}$
. In particular
$t \in V(T/S)\setminus \{s_S\}$
. In particular 
 $\mathcal {T}/S$
 does not depend on the order of contractions of internal edge in S.
$\mathcal {T}/S$
 does not depend on the order of contractions of internal edge in S.
 The configurations on boundary arcs remain the same after each step of contraction of A, so in particular 
 $C/S(e)=C(e)$
 holds for any arc
$C/S(e)=C(e)$
 holds for any arc 
 $e \in E(s_S)=\partial E(S)$
. Additionally, by Lemma 4.6 the walk
$e \in E(s_S)=\partial E(S)$
. Additionally, by Lemma 4.6 the walk 
 $P(s_S)$
 consists of all nonvirtual arcs of walks
$P(s_S)$
 consists of all nonvirtual arcs of walks 
 $P(s)$
 for
$P(s)$
 for 
 $s \in V(S)$
 and its direction is uniquely defined. Again, this representation of
$s \in V(S)$
 and its direction is uniquely defined. Again, this representation of 
 $A/S$
 on S does not depend on the order of contractions of edges in S.
$A/S$
 on S does not depend on the order of contractions of edges in S.
We immediately obtain the following corollary of Proposition 4.11.
Corollary 4.13. Let S be an open subtree of T. The contraction of arrangements 
 $A \mapsto A/S$
 defines a bijection between arrangements on S with respect to
$A \mapsto A/S$
 defines a bijection between arrangements on S with respect to 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 and arrangements on the open star
$\mathcal {T}$
 and arrangements on the open star 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_S)$
 centred in the contracted vertex
$\mathrm {star}(s_S)$
 centred in the contracted vertex 
 $s_S$
 of
$s_S$
 of 
 $T/S$
 with respect to
$T/S$
 with respect to 
 $\mathcal {T}/S$
 whose shape on
$\mathcal {T}/S$
 whose shape on 
 $s_S$
 meets
$s_S$
 meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for every
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for every 
 $s \in V(S)$
. Moreover
$s \in V(S)$
. Moreover 
 $\left \lVert A\right \rVert = \left \lVert A/S\right \rVert $
 holds.
$\left \lVert A\right \rVert = \left \lVert A/S\right \rVert $
 holds.
 Corollary 4.13 can be used to define a map 
 $\varphi $
 translating any arrangement A on an open subtree S of T to the self-avoiding walk
$\varphi $
 translating any arrangement A on an open subtree S of T to the self-avoiding walk 
 $\varphi (A)=P/S(s_S)$
 on the graph
$\varphi (A)=P/S(s_S)$
 on the graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(S)$
. Observe that by definition the length of
$\mathcal {G}(S)$
. Observe that by definition the length of 
 $\varphi (A)$
 is
$\varphi (A)$
 is 
 $\left \lVert A\right \rVert $
. We call
$\left \lVert A\right \rVert $
. We call 
 $\varphi (A)$
 the walk represented by A and A a representation of
$\varphi (A)$
 the walk represented by A and A a representation of 
 $\varphi (A)$
. Theorem 4.14 below shows that every SAW has some representation.
$\varphi (A)$
. Theorem 4.14 below shows that every SAW has some representation.
 Let S be a not necessarily finite subtree of T and w be a SAW on 
 $\mathcal {G}(S)$
. The support of w in T is the smallest open subtree
$\mathcal {G}(S)$
. The support of w in T is the smallest open subtree 
 $S'$
 of S such that all arcs of w are contained in
$S'$
 of S such that all arcs of w are contained in 
 $\mathcal {G}(S')$
.
$\mathcal {G}(S')$
.
Theorem 4.14. Let 
 $T'$
 be an open subtree of T and let w be a SAW on
$T'$
 be an open subtree of T and let w be a SAW on 
 $\mathcal {G}(T')$
. Then there is an arrangement
$\mathcal {G}(T')$
. Then there is an arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on the support of w in T representing w. Moreover, if w starts in
$A=(P,C)$
 on the support of w in T representing w. Moreover, if w starts in 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
 for some
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
 for some 
 $f \in \partial E(T')$
 and/or ends in
$f \in \partial E(T')$
 and/or ends in 
 $\mathcal {V}(f')$
 for some
$\mathcal {V}(f')$
 for some 
 $f' \in \partial E(T')$
, we may choose A such that
$f' \in \partial E(T')$
, we may choose A such that 
 $X(f)=f$
 and/or
$X(f)=f$
 and/or 
 $Y(f')=f'$
 holds, respectively.
$Y(f')=f'$
 holds, respectively.
Proof. Let S be the support of w in T. By definition w is a shape on the contracted vertex 
 $s_{S}$
 of
$s_{S}$
 of 
 $T/S$
, thus Lemma 4.1 (i) provides us with an arrangement
$T/S$
, thus Lemma 4.1 (i) provides us with an arrangement 
 $A'=(P',C')$
 on
$A'=(P',C')$
 on 
 $\mathrm {star}_{T/S}(s_{S})$
 such that
$\mathrm {star}_{T/S}(s_{S})$
 such that 
 $P'(s_{S})=w$
. By minimality of S the shape w meets
$P'(s_{S})=w$
. By minimality of S the shape w meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for every
$\mathcal {V}(s)$
 for every 
 $s \in V(S)$
. Thus Corollary 4.13 provides us with an arrangement A on S such that
$s \in V(S)$
. Thus Corollary 4.13 provides us with an arrangement A on S such that 
 $A/S=A'$
 and this arrangement satisfies
$A/S=A'$
 and this arrangement satisfies 
 $\varphi (A)=w$
. The moreover part follows from Lemma 4.1 (iii).
$\varphi (A)=w$
. The moreover part follows from Lemma 4.1 (iii).
 We have just seen that every arrangement A on an open subtree S of T represents a self-avoiding walk 
 $\varphi (A)$
 on
$\varphi (A)$
 on 
 $\mathcal {G}(S)$
 and that every such walk is represented by some arrangement. However, in general there can be several different arrangements representing a single walk. To enumerate SAWs on G, we need each walk to be represented by exactly one arrangement. This can be done by restricting ourselves to complete arrangements, as the upcoming Theorem 4.16 shows. For its proof, we need the following auxiliary result.
$\mathcal {G}(S)$
 and that every such walk is represented by some arrangement. However, in general there can be several different arrangements representing a single walk. To enumerate SAWs on G, we need each walk to be represented by exactly one arrangement. This can be done by restricting ourselves to complete arrangements, as the upcoming Theorem 4.16 shows. For its proof, we need the following auxiliary result.
Lemma 4.15. Let 
 $A=(P,C)$
 be an arrangement on an open subtree S of T and let
$A=(P,C)$
 be an arrangement on an open subtree S of T and let 
 $t \in V(S)$
. Assume that there is
$t \in V(S)$
. Assume that there is 
 $f \in \mathrm {star}(e)$
 such that for all
$f \in \mathrm {star}(e)$
 such that for all 
 $e \in \mathrm {star}(t)\setminus \{f\}$
,
$e \in \mathrm {star}(t)\setminus \{f\}$
, 
 $C(e)$
 is boring and
$C(e)$
 is boring and 
 $X(e)=Y(e)=\bar e$
. If
$X(e)=Y(e)=\bar e$
. If 
 $C(f)$
 is nonboring, then
$C(f)$
 is nonboring, then 
 $P(t)$
 contains a nonvirtual arc.
$P(t)$
 contains a nonvirtual arc.
 In particular, if A is complete and t is a leaf of S, then 
 $P(t)$
 contains a nonvirtual arc.
$P(t)$
 contains a nonvirtual arc.
Proof. If 
 $X(f)=\bar f$
 or
$X(f)=\bar f$
 or 
 $Y(f)=\bar f$
, then
$Y(f)=\bar f$
, then 
 $P(t)$
 has to start or end with a nonvirtual arc. Thus we may assume that
$P(t)$
 has to start or end with a nonvirtual arc. Thus we may assume that 
 $X(f)=Y(f)=f$
. Since
$X(f)=Y(f)=f$
. Since 
 $C(f)$
 is not boring,
$C(f)$
 is not boring, 
 $Q(f)$
 has to contain a virtual arc in
$Q(f)$
 has to contain a virtual arc in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
. Then by compatibility (C1), the shape
$\mathcal {E}(\bar f)$
. Then by compatibility (C1), the shape 
 $P(t)$
 contains a sub-walk p connecting the two endpoints of this walk. Now
$P(t)$
 contains a sub-walk p connecting the two endpoints of this walk. Now 
 $C(e)$
 is boring for every
$C(e)$
 is boring for every 
 $e \in \partial E(S)$
 and thus p cannot contain any virtual arcs. We conclude that
$e \in \partial E(S)$
 and thus p cannot contain any virtual arcs. We conclude that 
 $P(t)$
 contains a nonvirtual arc.
$P(t)$
 contains a nonvirtual arc.
 Now assume that A is complete and let t be a leaf of S. If 
 $S=\mathrm {star}(t)$
, completeness implies that
$S=\mathrm {star}(t)$
, completeness implies that 
 $X(e)=\bar e$
 for every
$X(e)=\bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in E(S)$
. Thus by (D2), the shape
$e \in E(S)$
. Thus by (D2), the shape 
 $P(t)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc. Suppose now that S is not an open star and let f be the unique arc in
$P(t)$
 starts with a nonvirtual arc. Suppose now that S is not an open star and let f be the unique arc in 
 $E(t)\setminus \partial E(S)$
. By completeness of A we have
$E(t)\setminus \partial E(S)$
. By completeness of A we have 
 $X(e)=Y(e)=\bar e$
 for every
$X(e)=Y(e)=\bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in \partial E(S)$
. By reducedness
$e \in \partial E(S)$
. By reducedness 
 $C(f)$
 is not boring.
$C(f)$
 is not boring.
Theorem 4.16. Let w be a self-avoiding walk on G. Then there is a unique complete arrangement representing w.
Proof. We start by constructing a representation of w as in the proof of Theorem 4.14. Let S be the support of w in T and let 
 $S'=\mathrm {star}_{T/S}(s_{S})$
. Then Lemma 4.1 (i) provides us with an arrangement
$S'=\mathrm {star}_{T/S}(s_{S})$
. Then Lemma 4.1 (i) provides us with an arrangement 
 $A'=(P',C')$
 on
$A'=(P',C')$
 on 
 $S'$
 such that
$S'$
 such that 
 $P'(s_{S})=w$
. Note that we can choose
$P'(s_{S})=w$
. Note that we can choose 
 $A'$
 to be complete: The walk w starts and ends with a nonvirtual arc and
$A'$
 to be complete: The walk w starts and ends with a nonvirtual arc and 
 $X'(e)=Y'(e)=\bar e$
 is a valid choice for every
$X'(e)=Y'(e)=\bar e$
 is a valid choice for every 
 $e \in E(S')$
. Additionally, all arcs of w are nonvirtual arcs of
$e \in E(S')$
. Additionally, all arcs of w are nonvirtual arcs of 
 $\mathcal {G}(S)=\mathcal {G}(s_S)$
, thus
$\mathcal {G}(S)=\mathcal {G}(s_S)$
, thus 
 $Q'(e)$
 contains only arcs in
$Q'(e)$
 contains only arcs in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\bar e)$
 and
$\mathcal {E}(\bar e)$
 and 
 $C'(e)$
 is boring. Corollary 4.13 provides us with an arrangement A on S such that
$C'(e)$
 is boring. Corollary 4.13 provides us with an arrangement A on S such that 
 $A/S=A'$
 and thus
$A/S=A'$
 and thus 
 $\varphi (A)=w$
. By Remark 4.3 whenever
$\varphi (A)=w$
. By Remark 4.3 whenever 
 $C(e)$
 is boring for some arc e of S,
$C(e)$
 is boring for some arc e of S, 
 $P(s)$
 cannot contain any nonvirtual arcs for every
$P(s)$
 cannot contain any nonvirtual arcs for every 
 $s \in V(K_{X(e)}) \cap V(S)$
. By minimality of S we conclude
$s \in V(K_{X(e)}) \cap V(S)$
. By minimality of S we conclude 
 $e \in \partial E(S)$
. Thus A is complete.
$e \in \partial E(S)$
. Thus A is complete.
 For the uniqueness part, observe that whenever A is a complete arrangement on a subtree S of T representing w, by Lemma 4.15 this subtree must be the support of w. By Corollary 4.13 each A corresponds to a unique arrangement 
 $A/S$
 on
$A/S$
 on 
 $S'$
 and clearly
$S'$
 and clearly 
 $A/S$
 must be complete. By completeness
$A/S$
 must be complete. By completeness 
 $X/S(e)=Y/S(e)=\bar e$
 holds for every
$X/S(e)=Y/S(e)=\bar e$
 holds for every 
 $e \in E(S')$
 and by Lemma 4.1 (ii) the configuration
$e \in E(S')$
 and by Lemma 4.1 (ii) the configuration 
 $C/S(e)$
 is uniquely defined by
$C/S(e)$
 is uniquely defined by 
 $w=P/S(s_S)$
, so
$w=P/S(s_S)$
, so 
 $A/S$
 is uniquely defined by w.
$A/S$
 is uniquely defined by w.
Remark 4.17. For any complete arrangement A on a finite open subtree S of T there is exactly one vertex 
 $s_0$
 of S such that
$s_0$
 of S such that 
 $X(e)=\bar e$
 for every
$X(e)=\bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in E(s_0)$
. This can be easily seen by double counting the set
$e \in E(s_0)$
. This can be easily seen by double counting the set 
 $\{(s,e) \mid e^-=s \text { and } X(e) = e\}$
 and using (D2) and that configurations on boundary arcs e satisfy
$\{(s,e) \mid e^-=s \text { and } X(e) = e\}$
 and using (D2) and that configurations on boundary arcs e satisfy 
 $X(e)=\bar e$
. We call
$X(e)=\bar e$
. We call 
 $s_0$
 the source of the complete arrangement A and note that
$s_0$
 the source of the complete arrangement A and note that 
 $X(e)$
 is the endpoint of e closer to
$X(e)$
 is the endpoint of e closer to 
 $s_0$
. Similarly there is a unique vertex
$s_0$
. Similarly there is a unique vertex 
 $t_0$
 of S such that
$t_0$
 of S such that 
 $Y(e)=\bar e$
 for every
$Y(e)=\bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in E(t_0)$
 and this vertex is called the target of A.
$e \in E(t_0)$
 and this vertex is called the target of A.
Lemma 4.18. Let A be a complete arrangement representing a SAW w on G. The part graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(s_0)$
 of the source
$\mathcal {G}(s_0)$
 of the source 
 $s_0$
 of A contains the first arc of w. Similarly, the graph
$s_0$
 of A contains the first arc of w. Similarly, the graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(t_0)$
 of the target
$\mathcal {G}(t_0)$
 of the target 
 $t_0$
 contains the final arc of w.
$t_0$
 contains the final arc of w.
Proof. Observe that for any 
 $t \in V(T)$
, by Construction 4.8 the walk
$t \in V(T)$
, by Construction 4.8 the walk 
 $P(t)$
 visits exactly the vertices in
$P(t)$
 visits exactly the vertices in 
 $w \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
 in the same order as w. Let t be a vertex of T such that
$w \cap \mathcal {V}(t)$
 in the same order as w. Let t be a vertex of T such that 
 $w^- \in \mathcal {V}(t)$
 and let s be the neighbour of t on the unique
$w^- \in \mathcal {V}(t)$
 and let s be the neighbour of t on the unique 
 $s_0$
–t-path and let
$s_0$
–t-path and let 
 $e=st$
. Then
$e=st$
. Then 
 $X(e)=e$
 by Remark 4.17, so by (C2) the initial vertex
$X(e)=e$
 by Remark 4.17, so by (C2) the initial vertex 
 $w^-$
 of
$w^-$
 of 
 $P(t)$
 must be in
$P(t)$
 must be in 
 $\mathcal {E}(e)$
 and thus
$\mathcal {E}(e)$
 and thus 
 $w^- \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
. Induction yields
$w^- \in \mathcal {V}(s)$
. Induction yields 
 $w^- \in \mathcal {V}(s_0)$
. By (D2) the first arc of
$w^- \in \mathcal {V}(s_0)$
. By (D2) the first arc of 
 $P(s_0)$
 is nonvirtual and thus coincides with the first arc of w. The statement about the target follows analogously.
$P(s_0)$
 is nonvirtual and thus coincides with the first arc of w. The statement about the target follows analogously.
5 A generating system of equations for configurations
 Throughout this section let G be a locally finite connected graph and let 
 $\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on G. We always assume that
$\Gamma $
 be a group acting quasi-transitively on G. We always assume that 
 $\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of G. Corollary 3.2 provides us with a
$\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of G. Corollary 3.2 provides us with a 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition
$\Gamma $
-invariant tree decomposition 
 $(\mathcal {T},\mathcal {V})$
 of G such that there are exactly two
$(\mathcal {T},\mathcal {V})$
 of G such that there are exactly two 
 $\Gamma $
-orbits on the arcs of T. More precisely, we can pick an arc
$\Gamma $
-orbits on the arcs of T. More precisely, we can pick an arc 
 $e_0$
 such that every arc e of T either lies in the orbit
$e_0$
 such that every arc e of T either lies in the orbit 
 $\Gamma e_0$
 or in the orbit
$\Gamma e_0$
 or in the orbit 
 $\Gamma \bar e_0$
. We denote by
$\Gamma \bar e_0$
. We denote by 
 $\rho (e) \in \{e_0, \bar e_0\}$
 the respective representative of the arc e.
$\rho (e) \in \{e_0, \bar e_0\}$
 the respective representative of the arc e.
 Two nonboring configurations 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 and
$c=(q,x,y)$
 and 
 $c'=(q',x',y')$
 on the arcs e and
$c'=(q',x',y')$
 on the arcs e and 
 $e'$
 of T are
$e'$
 of T are 
 $\Gamma $
-equivalent if
$\Gamma $
-equivalent if 
 $(q',x',y')=(\gamma (q), \gamma (x), \gamma (y))$
 holds for some
$(q',x',y')=(\gamma (q), \gamma (x), \gamma (y))$
 holds for some 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
, where
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
, where 
 $\gamma (q)$
 refers to the natural extension of
$\gamma (q)$
 refers to the natural extension of 
 $\gamma $
 to the virtual edges. Clearly this defines an equivalence relation on the set of configurations on
$\gamma $
 to the virtual edges. Clearly this defines an equivalence relation on the set of configurations on 
 $E(T)$
. Let
$E(T)$
. Let 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 be a set of representatives chosen in a way such that each
$\mathcal {C}$
 be a set of representatives chosen in a way such that each 
 $c \in \mathcal {C}$
 is a nonboring configuration on the arc
$c \in \mathcal {C}$
 is a nonboring configuration on the arc 
 $e_0$
. Observe that the set
$e_0$
. Observe that the set 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 has finite cardinality because the adhesion graph
$\mathcal {C}$
 has finite cardinality because the adhesion graph 
 $\mathcal {G}(e_0)$
 is finite and thus carries only finitely many different configurations. For any nonboring configuration c we denote its representative in
$\mathcal {G}(e_0)$
 is finite and thus carries only finitely many different configurations. For any nonboring configuration c we denote its representative in 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 by
$\mathcal {C}$
 by 
 $\rho (c)$
.
$\rho (c)$
.
 Let 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 be a nonboring configuration. A c-completion is an arrangement
$c=(q,x,y)$
 be a nonboring configuration. A c-completion is an arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on a finite open sub-tree S of
$A=(P,C)$
 on a finite open sub-tree S of 
 $K_{x}$
 containing x such that
$K_{x}$
 containing x such that 
 $C(x)=c$
 and
$C(x)=c$
 and 
 $C(e)$
 is boring on
$C(e)$
 is boring on 
 $e \in E(S)$
 if and only if
$e \in E(S)$
 if and only if 
 $e \in \partial E(S) \setminus \{x\}$
, see Figure 5 for an example. We define the generating function of c-completions as
$e \in \partial E(S) \setminus \{x\}$
, see Figure 5 for an example. We define the generating function of c-completions as 
 $$\begin{align*}F_{c}(z)=\sum_{A\ c\text{-completion}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{c}(z)=\sum_{A\ c\text{-completion}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}, \end{align*}$$
Let 
 $r_c$
 denote the radius of convergence of the generating function
$r_c$
 denote the radius of convergence of the generating function 
 $F_c(z)$
 and let
$F_c(z)$
 and let 
 $R=\min _{c \in \mathcal {C}} r_c$
.
$R=\min _{c \in \mathcal {C}} r_c$
.

Figure 5 A c-completion. Note that this is not a complete configuration; it is, however, ‘almost’ complete in the sense that the only nonboring configuration in the boundary is c.

Figure 6 A c-
 $c'$
-completion of length 2. Note that there are two boundary arcs (the source arc and target arc) with nonboring configurations c and
$c'$
-completion of length 2. Note that there are two boundary arcs (the source arc and target arc) with nonboring configurations c and 
 $c'$
, respectively. In this example there are no other boundary arcs, but in general, configurations on all other boundary arcs would have to be boring.
$c'$
, respectively. In this example there are no other boundary arcs, but in general, configurations on all other boundary arcs would have to be boring.
The main goal in this section is to find a system of equations for the generating functions of c-completions and study this system to obtain properties of these generating functions.
 For an arrangement A on an open subtree S of T and a vertex s of S, we denote by 
 $\mathrm {nb}(A,s)$
 the set of arcs
$\mathrm {nb}(A,s)$
 the set of arcs 
 $e \in E(s)$
 such that A is nonboring on e. Observe that by definition
$e \in E(s)$
 such that A is nonboring on e. Observe that by definition 
 $\mathrm {nb}(A,s)$
 is a finite set.
$\mathrm {nb}(A,s)$
 is a finite set.
 Let 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 be a configuration and let
$c=(q,x,y)$
 be a configuration and let 
 $A=(P,C)$
 be a c-completion on the open cone
$A=(P,C)$
 be a c-completion on the open cone 
 $K_x$
. Then we can decompose A into its restriction
$K_x$
. Then we can decompose A into its restriction 
 $A_S$
 on the open star
$A_S$
 on the open star 
 $S=\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 and
$S=\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 and 
 $C(e)$
-completions
$C(e)$
-completions 
 $A_e$
 on the cones
$A_e$
 on the cones 
 $K_{\bar {e}}$
 for all outgoing arcs e of S different from x. Observe that Lemma 4.2 implies that whenever
$K_{\bar {e}}$
 for all outgoing arcs e of S different from x. Observe that Lemma 4.2 implies that whenever 
 $C(e)$
 is boring, the arrangement
$C(e)$
 is boring, the arrangement 
 $A_e$
 is uniquely given by
$A_e$
 is uniquely given by 
 $C(e)$
 and does not contain any nonvirtual arcs. Thus it is possible to recursively build all c-completions by completing arrangements A on
$C(e)$
 and does not contain any nonvirtual arcs. Thus it is possible to recursively build all c-completions by completing arrangements A on 
 $\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 satisfying
$\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 satisfying 
 $C(x)=c$
 with
$C(x)=c$
 with 
 $C(e)$
-completions for all
$C(e)$
-completions for all 
 $e \in E(x^-)\setminus \{x\}$
 carrying nonboring configurations
$e \in E(x^-)\setminus \{x\}$
 carrying nonboring configurations 
 $C(e)$
. Thus we obtain
$C(e)$
. Thus we obtain 
 $$ \begin{align} F_{c}(z) = \sum_{\substack{A \text{ arr. on } \mathrm{star}(x^-): \\ C(x)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,x^-) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} F_{c}(z) = \sum_{\substack{A \text{ arr. on } \mathrm{star}(x^-): \\ C(x)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,x^-) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align} $$
 It follows from the definitions that 
 $F_c(z)=F_{c'}(z)$
 whenever c and
$F_c(z)=F_{c'}(z)$
 whenever c and 
 $c'$
 are
$c'$
 are 
 $\Gamma $
-equivalent configurations. Write
$\Gamma $
-equivalent configurations. Write 
 $\mathbf {F}(z)=(F_{c}(z))_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
. Then the equations above can be rewritten by replacing every
$\mathbf {F}(z)=(F_{c}(z))_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
. Then the equations above can be rewritten by replacing every 
 $F_c(z)$
 by
$F_c(z)$
 by 
 $F_{\rho (c)}(z)$
 to obtain
$F_{\rho (c)}(z)$
 to obtain 
 $$ \begin{align} F_{c}(z)=P_{c}(z,\mathbf{F}(z)), \quad c \in \mathcal{C}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} F_{c}(z)=P_{c}(z,\mathbf{F}(z)), \quad c \in \mathcal{C}. \end{align} $$
Here
 $$ \begin{align*} P_c(z,\mathbf y)= \sum_{\mathbf{n} \in \mathbb{N}_0^{\left\lvert\mathcal{C}\right\rvert}} a_{c,\mathbf{n}}(z) \mathbf{y}^{\mathbf{n}}, \quad c \in \mathcal{C}, \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} P_c(z,\mathbf y)= \sum_{\mathbf{n} \in \mathbb{N}_0^{\left\lvert\mathcal{C}\right\rvert}} a_{c,\mathbf{n}}(z) \mathbf{y}^{\mathbf{n}}, \quad c \in \mathcal{C}, \end{align*} $$
is a formal power series in the variables 
 $\mathbf y=(y_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
 whose coefficients are formal power series
$\mathbf y=(y_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
 whose coefficients are formal power series 
 $a_{c,\mathbf n}(z)$
 in the variable z given by the sums in equation (5.1), respectively, where
$a_{c,\mathbf n}(z)$
 in the variable z given by the sums in equation (5.1), respectively, where 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathbf{y}^{\mathbf{n}}=\prod_{c \in \mathcal{C}} y_c^{n_c} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathbf{y}^{\mathbf{n}}=\prod_{c \in \mathcal{C}} y_c^{n_c} \end{align*}$$
for an exponent vector 
 $\mathbf {n}=(n_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
.
$\mathbf {n}=(n_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
.
 Let 
 $c \in \mathcal {C}$
 be a nonboring configuration. Note that each c-completion contains at least one vertex satisfying the conditions of Lemma 4.15, and hence must contain at least one nonvirtual arc, so
$c \in \mathcal {C}$
 be a nonboring configuration. Note that each c-completion contains at least one vertex satisfying the conditions of Lemma 4.15, and hence must contain at least one nonvirtual arc, so 
 $F_c(0)=0$
. Furthermore, we may assume without loss of generality that
$F_c(0)=0$
. Furthermore, we may assume without loss of generality that 
 $F_c(z)$
 is not identically zero, that is, that there exists at least one c-completion. If this is not the case for some configuration
$F_c(z)$
 is not identically zero, that is, that there exists at least one c-completion. If this is not the case for some configuration 
 $c \in \mathcal {C}$
, we remove c from
$c \in \mathcal {C}$
, we remove c from 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 and replace every occurrence of
$\mathcal {C}$
 and replace every occurrence of 
 $y_c$
 in
$y_c$
 in 
 $P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 by
$P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 by 
 $0$
. Observe that after this process equations (5.2) remain valid.
$0$
. Observe that after this process equations (5.2) remain valid.
Consider the Jacobian matrix
 $$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{J}(z,\mathbf{y})=\left(\frac{ \partial P_{c}}{\partial y_{c'}}(z,\mathbf{y})\right)_{c,c' \in \mathcal{C}}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{J}(z,\mathbf{y})=\left(\frac{ \partial P_{c}}{\partial y_{c'}}(z,\mathbf{y})\right)_{c,c' \in \mathcal{C}}. \end{align*}$$
Let 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 and
$c=(q,x,y)$
 and 
 $c'$
 be two nonboring configurations. A c–
$c'$
 be two nonboring configurations. A c–
 $c'$
-completion is an arrangement
$c'$
-completion is an arrangement 
 ${A=(P,C)}$
 on a finite open subtree S of
${A=(P,C)}$
 on a finite open subtree S of 
 $K_x$
 containing x such that
$K_x$
 containing x such that 
 $C(x)=c$
 and there is an arc
$C(x)=c$
 and there is an arc 
 $f \in \partial E(S)$
 such that
$f \in \partial E(S)$
 such that 
 $\rho (C(f))=c'$
 and
$\rho (C(f))=c'$
 and 
 $C(e)$
 is boring on
$C(e)$
 is boring on 
 $e \in E(S)$
 if and only if
$e \in E(S)$
 if and only if 
 $e \in \partial E(S) \setminus \{x,f\}$
. The arc x is the source arc of the c–
$e \in \partial E(S) \setminus \{x,f\}$
. The arc x is the source arc of the c–
 $c'$
-completion A and f is the target arc. The length of A is the distance between the source arc x and the target arc f. We denote by
$c'$
-completion A and f is the target arc. The length of A is the distance between the source arc x and the target arc f. We denote by 
 $\mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 the set of c–
$\mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 the set of c–
 $c'$
-completions of length n.
$c'$
-completions of length n.
 Let us now take a closer look at the entries of 
 $\mathfrak {J}(z,\mathbf {F}(z))$
. To simplify notation, for any expression
$\mathfrak {J}(z,\mathbf {F}(z))$
. To simplify notation, for any expression 
 $\phi (z,\mathbf {y})$
 depending on the variable z and the vector
$\phi (z,\mathbf {y})$
 depending on the variable z and the vector 
 $\mathbf {y}$
, we denote its evaluation at
$\mathbf {y}$
, we denote its evaluation at 
 $\mathbf {y}=\mathbf {F}(z)$
 by
$\mathbf {y}=\mathbf {F}(z)$
 by 
 $$\begin{align*}\phi(z)=\phi(z,\mathbf{F}(z)). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\phi(z)=\phi(z,\mathbf{F}(z)). \end{align*}$$
Lemma 5.1. Let 
 $c,c'$
 be nonboring configurations. Then
$c,c'$
 be nonboring configurations. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}(z))_{c,c'}= \sum_{ A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c',1)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}(z))_{c,c'}= \sum_{ A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c',1)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
Proof. Let 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
. From equations (5.1) and (5.2) we obtain
$c=(q,x,y)$
. From equations (5.1) and (5.2) we obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}P_c(z,\mathbf{y})= \sum_{\substack{A_s \text{ arr. on } \mathrm{star}(x^-): \\ C(x)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A_s\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x\}} y_{\rho(C(e))}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}P_c(z,\mathbf{y})= \sum_{\substack{A_s \text{ arr. on } \mathrm{star}(x^-): \\ C(x)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A_s\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x\}} y_{\rho(C(e))}. \end{align*}$$
An application of the Leibniz rule provides
 $$\begin{align*}\frac{ \partial P_{c}}{\partial y_{c'}}(z,\mathbf{y}) =\sum_{\substack{A_s \text{ arr. on } \mathrm{star}(x^-): \\ C(x)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A_s\right\rVert} \sum_{\substack{f \in \mathrm{nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x\}: \\ \rho(C(f))=c'}} \quad \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} y_{\rho(C(e))}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\frac{ \partial P_{c}}{\partial y_{c'}}(z,\mathbf{y}) =\sum_{\substack{A_s \text{ arr. on } \mathrm{star}(x^-): \\ C(x)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A_s\right\rVert} \sum_{\substack{f \in \mathrm{nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x\}: \\ \rho(C(f))=c'}} \quad \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} y_{\rho(C(e))}. \end{align*}$$
By definition every c–
 $c'$
-completion A of length
$c'$
-completion A of length 
 $1$
 consists of an arrangement
$1$
 consists of an arrangement 
 $A_s=(P_s,C_s)$
 on
$A_s=(P_s,C_s)$
 on 
 $\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 such that there is an arc
$\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 such that there is an arc 
 $f \in E(x^-) \setminus \{x\}$
 with
$f \in E(x^-) \setminus \{x\}$
 with 
 $\rho (C_s(f))=c'$
 and
$\rho (C_s(f))=c'$
 and 
 $C_s(e)$
-completions
$C_s(e)$
-completions 
 $A_e$
 for all
$A_e$
 for all 
 $e \in \mathrm {nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}$
. Conversely, every such
$e \in \mathrm {nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}$
. Conversely, every such 
 $A_s$
 together with some
$A_s$
 together with some 
 $C_s(e)$
-completions
$C_s(e)$
-completions 
 $A_e$
 forms a c–
$A_e$
 forms a c–
 $c'$
-completion A. Finally, note that in this case
$c'$
-completion A. Finally, note that in this case 
 $$\begin{align*}\left\lVert A\right\rVert=\left\lVert A_s\right\rVert + \sum_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} \left\lVert A_e\right\rVert, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\left\lVert A\right\rVert=\left\lVert A_s\right\rVert + \sum_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} \left\lVert A_e\right\rVert, \end{align*}$$
and that the term 
 $\prod _{e \in \mathrm {nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} z^{\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert }$
 is included in
$\prod _{e \in \mathrm {nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} z^{\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert }$
 is included in 
 $\prod _{e \in \mathrm {nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} y_{\rho (C(e))}$
. We conclude
$\prod _{e \in \mathrm {nb}(A_s,x^-) \setminus \{x,f\}} y_{\rho (C(e))}$
. We conclude 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}(z))_{c,c'}= \sum_{ A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c',1)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}(z))_{c,c'}= \sum_{ A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c',1)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}, \end{align*}$$
as desired.
 Observe that a c–
 $c"$
-completion
$c"$
-completion 
 $A_1$
 and a
$A_1$
 and a 
 $c"$
–
$c"$
–
 $c'$
-completion
$c'$
-completion 
 $A_2$
 can be concatenated to obtain a c–
$A_2$
 can be concatenated to obtain a c–
 $c'$
-completion whose length is the sum of the lengths of
$c'$
-completion whose length is the sum of the lengths of 
 $A_1$
 and
$A_1$
 and 
 $A_2$
. In particular, the matrix counting c–
$A_2$
. In particular, the matrix counting c–
 $c'$
-completions of length n can be obtained as the n-th power of the matrix of c–
$c'$
-completions of length n can be obtained as the n-th power of the matrix of c–
 $c'$
-completions of length
$c'$
-completions of length 
 $1$
.
$1$
.
Corollary 5.2. Let 
 $c,c'$
 be nonboring configurations and denote
$c,c'$
 be nonboring configurations and denote 
 $\mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 the set of c–
$\mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 the set of c–
 $c'$
-completions of length n. Then
$c'$
-completions of length n. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}(z)^n)_{c,c'}= \sum_{ A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c',n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}(z)^n)_{c,c'}= \sum_{ A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c',n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
 The dependency digraph D of the system of equations (5.2) is given as follows. Its vertex set is the set 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 of representatives of configurations and there is an arc from
$\mathcal {C}$
 of representatives of configurations and there is an arc from 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 to
$c=(q,x,y)$
 to 
 $c'$
 if
$c'$
 if 
 $\frac {\partial P_{c}}{\partial y_{c'}}(z)$
 is nonzero. In this case we also write
$\frac {\partial P_{c}}{\partial y_{c'}}(z)$
 is nonzero. In this case we also write 
 $c \rightarrow c'$
. Recall that we removed all c such that
$c \rightarrow c'$
. Recall that we removed all c such that 
 $F_c(z)$
 is identically zero from
$F_c(z)$
 is identically zero from 
 $\mathcal {C}$
. Therefore we have that
$\mathcal {C}$
. Therefore we have that 
 $c \rightarrow c'$
 if and only if
$c \rightarrow c'$
 if and only if 
 $y_{c'}$
 occurs in the power series
$y_{c'}$
 occurs in the power series 
 $P_{c}$
, that is, if
$P_{c}$
, that is, if 
 $a_{c',\mathbf {n}}(z)> 0$
 for some
$a_{c',\mathbf {n}}(z)> 0$
 for some 
 $\mathbf {n}=(n_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
 with
$\mathbf {n}=(n_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}}$
 with 
 $n_{c'}>0$
. By definition this is the case if and only if there is a c-completion
$n_{c'}>0$
. By definition this is the case if and only if there is a c-completion 
 $A=(P,C)$
 such that
$A=(P,C)$
 such that 
 $\rho (C(f))=c'$
 holds for some
$\rho (C(f))=c'$
 holds for some 
 $f \in E(x^-) \setminus \{x\}$
.
$f \in E(x^-) \setminus \{x\}$
.
The following lemma follows readily from the definitions.
Lemma 5.3. If 
 $c \rightarrow c'$
 for two configuration
$c \rightarrow c'$
 for two configuration 
 $c,c' \in \mathcal {C}$
, then
$c,c' \in \mathcal {C}$
, then 
 $r_{c} \leq r_{c'}$
.
$r_{c} \leq r_{c'}$
.
 We further classify configurations as follows. A configuration 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 is called an I-configuration if
$c=(q,x,y)$
 is called an I-configuration if 
 $x \neq y$
 and it is called a U-configuration if
$x \neq y$
 and it is called a U-configuration if 
 $x=y$
. The names I- and U-configuration roughly refer to what a walk corresponding to the respective completions looks like, see Figure 7. We denote the respective subsets of
$x=y$
. The names I- and U-configuration roughly refer to what a walk corresponding to the respective completions looks like, see Figure 7. We denote the respective subsets of 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 by
$\mathcal {C}$
 by 
 $\mathcal {I}$
 and
$\mathcal {I}$
 and 
 $\mathcal {U}$
, so that
$\mathcal {U}$
, so that 
 $\mathcal {C}=\mathcal {I} \cup \mathcal {U}$
 is a disjoint union.
$\mathcal {C}=\mathcal {I} \cup \mathcal {U}$
 is a disjoint union.

Figure 7 Completions of an I-configuration (left) and U-configuration (right). Note that the walk corresponding to a completion of a U-configuration must return to the adhesion set, thus forming a U-shape.
 We call 
 $c \in \mathcal {I}$
 simple, if q consists only of a single vertex and denote by
$c \in \mathcal {I}$
 simple, if q consists only of a single vertex and denote by 
 $\mathcal {I}_s$
 the set of simple configurations. Furthermore, we call
$\mathcal {I}_s$
 the set of simple configurations. Furthermore, we call 
 $c \in \mathcal {I}$
 persistent, if there are two simple configurations
$c \in \mathcal {I}$
 persistent, if there are two simple configurations 
 $c_1$
 and
$c_1$
 and 
 $c_2$
 such that c lies on a walk from
$c_2$
 such that c lies on a walk from 
 $c_1$
 to
$c_1$
 to 
 $c_2$
 in D. Note that this is equivalent to the existence of a
$c_2$
 in D. Note that this is equivalent to the existence of a 
 $c_1$
–
$c_1$
–
 $c_2$
-completion such that there is some arc e of the shortest walk from the source arc to the target arc for which
$c_2$
-completion such that there is some arc e of the shortest walk from the source arc to the target arc for which 
 $C(e)$
 is equivalent to c. Nonpersistent I-configurations are called transient and we denote by
$C(e)$
 is equivalent to c. Nonpersistent I-configurations are called transient and we denote by 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
 and
$\mathcal {I}_p$
 and 
 $\mathcal {I}_t$
 the sets of persistent and transient configurations, respectively. Note in particular that all simple configurations are persistent.
$\mathcal {I}_t$
 the sets of persistent and transient configurations, respectively. Note in particular that all simple configurations are persistent.
Lemma 5.4. Let 
 $e, f \in E(T)$
. Then there is an arc
$e, f \in E(T)$
. Then there is an arc 
 $f' \in \Gamma f$
 such that for every pair of simple configurations
$f' \in \Gamma f$
 such that for every pair of simple configurations 
 $c=(q,x,y) , c'=(q',x',y')$
 with entry directions
$c=(q,x,y) , c'=(q',x',y')$
 with entry directions 
 $x=e$
 and
$x=e$
 and 
 $x'=\bar f$
 there is a c–
$x'=\bar f$
 there is a c–
 $c'$
-completion with target arc
$c'$
-completion with target arc 
 $f'$
.
$f'$
.
Proof. Let N be the constant defined in Proposition 3.9. Proposition 3.8 provides an automorphism 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that e and
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that e and 
 $f'=\gamma (f)$
 are linkable and have distance at least N. Let u be the single vertex of q and v be the single vertex of
$f'=\gamma (f)$
 are linkable and have distance at least N. Let u be the single vertex of q and v be the single vertex of 
 $\gamma (q')$
. Then Proposition 3.9 provides us with a SAW w connecting u and v and meeting
$\gamma (q')$
. Then Proposition 3.9 provides us with a SAW w connecting u and v and meeting 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}(f')$
 only in these vertices.
$\mathcal {V}(f')$
 only in these vertices.
 Theorem 4.14 provides us with a representation 
 $A=(P,C)$
 of the SAW w on its support S such that
$A=(P,C)$
 of the SAW w on its support S such that 
 $X(e)=e$
 and
$X(e)=e$
 and 
 $Y(f')=f'$
. It is easy to check that this representation is a c–
$Y(f')=f'$
. It is easy to check that this representation is a c–
 $c'$
-completion with target arc
$c'$
-completion with target arc 
 $f'$
.
$f'$
.
Remark 5.5. The previous lemma immediately implies that 
 $r_c \leq 1$
 holds for the radius of convergence
$r_c \leq 1$
 holds for the radius of convergence 
 $r_c$
 of
$r_c$
 of 
 $F_c$
 for every simple configuration
$F_c$
 for every simple configuration 
 $c \in \mathcal {I}_s$
. Indeed, the walk represented by a c-
$c \in \mathcal {I}_s$
. Indeed, the walk represented by a c-
 $c'$
-completion is also represented by a c-completion, thus
$c'$
-completion is also represented by a c-completion, thus 
 $F_c(z)$
 contains infinitely many nonzero coefficients.
$F_c(z)$
 contains infinitely many nonzero coefficients.
Lemma 5.6. The dependency-digraph D satisfies the following conditions.
- 
(i) There are no arcs from U-configurations to I-configurations. 
- 
(ii) Each strong component is contained in one of the sets  $\mathcal {I}_p$
, $\mathcal {I}_p$
, $\mathcal {I}_t$
 and $\mathcal {I}_t$
 and $\mathcal {U}$
. We call components persistent, transient or U-components depending on the type of configurations they contain. $\mathcal {U}$
. We call components persistent, transient or U-components depending on the type of configurations they contain.
- 
(iii) The set  $\mathcal {I}_p$
 is a strong component of D. $\mathcal {I}_p$
 is a strong component of D.
Proof. Let 
 $c=(q,x,y) \in \mathcal {C}$
 be a U-configuration and let
$c=(q,x,y) \in \mathcal {C}$
 be a U-configuration and let 
 $A=(P,C)$
 be an arrangement on
$A=(P,C)$
 be an arrangement on 
 $\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 such that
$\mathrm {star}(x^-)$
 such that 
 $C(x)=c$
. As c is a U-configuration,
$C(x)=c$
. As c is a U-configuration, 
 $x=y \in E(x^-)$
, so by (D2) and (D3) in the definition of arrangements
$x=y \in E(x^-)$
, so by (D2) and (D3) in the definition of arrangements 
 $X(f)=Y(f) = \bar f$
 holds for every
$X(f)=Y(f) = \bar f$
 holds for every 
 $f \in E(x^-) \setminus \{x\}$
, thus
$f \in E(x^-) \setminus \{x\}$
, thus 
 $C(f)$
 is a U-configuration. In particular D cannot contain arcs from U-configurations to I-configurations.
$C(f)$
 is a U-configuration. In particular D cannot contain arcs from U-configurations to I-configurations.
 Lemma 5.4 shows that all simple configurations are contained in the same strong component of D. Furthermore, persistent configurations are defined to lie on paths between simple configurations, so all of them are contained in this component, showing that 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
 is contained in a single strong component.
$\mathcal {I}_p$
 is contained in a single strong component.
 Now let 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 be an arbitrary strong component in D. If
$\mathcal {K}$
 be an arbitrary strong component in D. If 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 contains a U-configuration, then i implies that
$\mathcal {K}$
 contains a U-configuration, then i implies that 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 cannot contain any I-configuration, so
$\mathcal {K}$
 cannot contain any I-configuration, so 
 $\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U}$
.
$\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U}$
.
 Next assume that 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 contains a transient configuration. Recall that by definition a transient configuration c cannot lie on a
$\mathcal {K}$
 contains a transient configuration. Recall that by definition a transient configuration c cannot lie on a 
 $c_1$
–
$c_1$
–
 $c_2$
-path in D for two simple configurations
$c_2$
-path in D for two simple configurations 
 $c_1,c_2$
. Hence, if
$c_1,c_2$
. Hence, if 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 contains a transient configuration, it cannot contain a simple configuration, so in this case
$\mathcal {K}$
 contains a transient configuration, it cannot contain a simple configuration, so in this case 
 $\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {I}_t$
.
$\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {I}_t$
.
 Finally, if 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 contains neither U-configurations nor transient configurations, then it is contained in
$\mathcal {K}$
 contains neither U-configurations nor transient configurations, then it is contained in 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
. Since all of
$\mathcal {I}_p$
. Since all of 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
 is contained in a single strong component, we conclude that in this case
$\mathcal {I}_p$
 is contained in a single strong component, we conclude that in this case 
 $\mathcal {K} = \mathcal {I}_p$
, in particular
$\mathcal {K} = \mathcal {I}_p$
, in particular 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
 is a strong component.
$\mathcal {I}_p$
 is a strong component.
 The submatrix obtained from 
 $\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 by restricting the index set to some subset
$\mathfrak {J}(z)$
 by restricting the index set to some subset 
 $\mathcal {K} \subset \mathcal {C}$
 is denoted by
$\mathcal {K} \subset \mathcal {C}$
 is denoted by 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
. It follows directly from Lemma 5.3 that if
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
. It follows directly from Lemma 5.3 that if 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 is a strong component of D, the radii of convergence
$\mathcal {K}$
 is a strong component of D, the radii of convergence 
 $r_c$
 coincide for all
$r_c$
 coincide for all 
 $c \in \mathcal {K}$
. We denote the common value by
$c \in \mathcal {K}$
. We denote the common value by 
 $r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Let
$r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Let 
 $c \in \mathcal {K}$
 and let
$c \in \mathcal {K}$
 and let 
 $c' \in \mathcal {C}$
 be such that
$c' \in \mathcal {C}$
 be such that 
 $c \rightarrow c'$
. Then Lemma 5.3 implies that
$c \rightarrow c'$
. Then Lemma 5.3 implies that 
 $F_{c'}(z)$
 is well-defined and finite for
$F_{c'}(z)$
 is well-defined and finite for 
 $0\leq z < r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Hence
$0\leq z < r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Hence 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 is well defined for
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 is well defined for 
 $0\leq z < r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Denote the spectral radius of the matrix
$0\leq z < r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Denote the spectral radius of the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 by
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 by 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
.
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
.
 Let us now state some properties of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 and
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 and 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 which will be important later on.
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 which will be important later on.
Lemma 5.7. For each strong component 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 of D the following statements hold.
$\mathcal {K}$
 of D the following statements hold. 
- 
(i) All entries of  $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 are continuous, non-negative and nondecreasing in $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 are continuous, non-negative and nondecreasing in $[0, r_{\mathcal {K}})$
. $[0, r_{\mathcal {K}})$
.
- 
(ii) The spectral radius  $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 is continuous and nondecreasing in $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 is continuous and nondecreasing in $[0, r_{\mathcal {K}})$
. Additionally, $[0, r_{\mathcal {K}})$
. Additionally, $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is strictly increasing in $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is strictly increasing in $[0, r_{\mathcal {I}_p})$
. $[0, r_{\mathcal {I}_p})$
.
- 
(iii)  $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(0)$
 is nilpotent, in particular $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(0)$
 is nilpotent, in particular $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(0)=0$
. $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(0)=0$
.
Proof. By Lemma 5.1, the entries of the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 are generating functions counting c–
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 are generating functions counting c–
 $c'$
-completions of length 1 for
$c'$
-completions of length 1 for 
 $c,c' \in \mathcal {K}$
. In particular, they are continuous, non-negative and nondecreasing within their radius of convergence, and the same holds for the spectral radius
$c,c' \in \mathcal {K}$
. In particular, they are continuous, non-negative and nondecreasing within their radius of convergence, and the same holds for the spectral radius 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
.
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
.
 By Proposition 3.9, there are two persistent configurations 
 $c, c'$
 such that
$c, c'$
 such that 
 $(\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z))_{c,c'}$
 is nonconstant and thus strictly increasing in z. The irreducibility of
$(\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z))_{c,c'}$
 is nonconstant and thus strictly increasing in z. The irreducibility of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 implies that also
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 implies that also 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is strictly increasing in z.
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is strictly increasing in z.
 To see that (iii) holds, note that by Corollary 3.4 for n large enough, any arcs 
 $e,f \in E(T)$
 of distance at least n satisfy
$e,f \in E(T)$
 of distance at least n satisfy 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f) = \emptyset $
. By Corollary 5.2 the entries of
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f) = \emptyset $
. By Corollary 5.2 the entries of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)^n$
 are generating functions counting c–
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)^n$
 are generating functions counting c–
 $c'$
-completions A of length n. But the walk represented by such an arrangement A connects
$c'$
-completions A of length n. But the walk represented by such an arrangement A connects 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
 and thus must be nontrivial. In particular, the respective entry of
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
 and thus must be nontrivial. In particular, the respective entry of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)^n$
 has no constant term, so
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)^n$
 has no constant term, so 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(0)^n=0$
.
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(0)^n=0$
.
 Our aim now is to show that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 has finite entries at
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 has finite entries at 
 $z=r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 for every strong component
$z=r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 for every strong component 
 $\mathcal {K}$
.
$\mathcal {K}$
.
Lemma 5.8. For each strong component 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 of D, the matrix
$\mathcal {K}$
 of D, the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})$
 is well-defined and has finite entries. Moreover,
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})$
 is well-defined and has finite entries. Moreover, 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)< 1$
 for every
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)< 1$
 for every 
 $0\leq z<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 and
$0\leq z<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 and 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})\leq 1$
.
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})\leq 1$
.
In order to prove this lemma, we first need the following result.
Lemma 5.9. Let 
 $A=(a_{ij})\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 be an irreducible matrix such that
$A=(a_{ij})\in \mathbb {R}^{n\times n}$
 be an irreducible matrix such that 
 $a_{ij}\geq 0$
 for every
$a_{ij}\geq 0$
 for every 
 $i,j\in \{1,2,\ldots ,n\}$
 and
$i,j\in \{1,2,\ldots ,n\}$
 and 
 $\lambda (A)\leq 1$
. Let also
$\lambda (A)\leq 1$
. Let also 
 $M=\max \{a_{ij} \}$
 and
$M=\max \{a_{ij} \}$
 and 
 $m=\min \{a_{ij} \mid a_{ij}>0\}$
. Then
$m=\min \{a_{ij} \mid a_{ij}>0\}$
. Then 
 $M\leq m^{-n}$
.
$M\leq m^{-n}$
.
Proof. Consider some 
 $i_0,j_0$
 such that
$i_0,j_0$
 such that 
 $a_{i_0j_0}=M$
. By the irreducibility of A, there are
$a_{i_0j_0}=M$
. By the irreducibility of A, there are 
 $l\leq n$
 and indices
$l\leq n$
 and indices 
 $z_1=j_0,z_2,\ldots ,z_l=i_0$
 with
$z_1=j_0,z_2,\ldots ,z_l=i_0$
 with 
 $a_{z_iz_{i+1}}>0$
 for every
$a_{z_iz_{i+1}}>0$
 for every 
 $i=1,2,\ldots ,l-1$
. The entry
$i=1,2,\ldots ,l-1$
. The entry 
 $a^{(l)}_{i_0i_0}$
 of the matrix
$a^{(l)}_{i_0i_0}$
 of the matrix 
 $A^l$
 satisfies
$A^l$
 satisfies 
 $$\begin{align*}a^{(l)}_{i_0i_0}\geq a_{i_0j_0}\prod_{i=1}^{l-1} a_{z_i z_{i+1}}\geq Mm^{l-1}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}a^{(l)}_{i_0i_0}\geq a_{i_0j_0}\prod_{i=1}^{l-1} a_{z_i z_{i+1}}\geq Mm^{l-1}.\end{align*}$$
Since 
 $A^l$
 has non-negative entries and
$A^l$
 has non-negative entries and 
 $\lambda (A^l)=\lambda (A)^l\leq 1$
, we have by the monotonicity of the spectral radius that
$\lambda (A^l)=\lambda (A)^l\leq 1$
, we have by the monotonicity of the spectral radius that 
 $$\begin{align*}1 \geq \lambda(A^l)\geq \lambda(B)=Mm^{l-1},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}1 \geq \lambda(A^l)\geq \lambda(B)=Mm^{l-1},\end{align*}$$
where B is the matrix with 
 $b_{i_0i_0}=Mm^{l-1}$
, and all other entries 0. In particular we see that
$b_{i_0i_0}=Mm^{l-1}$
, and all other entries 0. In particular we see that 
 $m \leq 1$
, so
$m \leq 1$
, so 
 $M \leq m^{-l+1} \leq m^{-n}$
.
$M \leq m^{-l+1} \leq m^{-n}$
.
 For each strong component 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 of D, let
$\mathcal {K}$
 of D, let 
 $F_{\mathcal {K}}(z)=(F_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {K}}$
. Additionally for
$F_{\mathcal {K}}(z)=(F_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {K}}$
. Additionally for 
 $\mathbf {y}=(y_c)_{c \in \mathcal {K}}$
 let
$\mathbf {y}=(y_c)_{c \in \mathcal {K}}$
 let 
 $P_{c',\mathcal {K}}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 be obtained from
$P_{c',\mathcal {K}}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 be obtained from 
 $P_{c'}(z,(y_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}})$
 by substituting
$P_{c'}(z,(y_c)_{c \in \mathcal {C}})$
 by substituting 
 $y_c=F_c(z)$
 for each
$y_c=F_c(z)$
 for each 
 $c \in \mathcal {C} \setminus \mathcal {K}$
.
$c \in \mathcal {C} \setminus \mathcal {K}$
.
We are now ready to prove Lemma 5.8.
Proof of Lemma 5.8.
Let us start by showing that
 $$ \begin{align} \lambda_{\mathcal{K}}(z)< 1 \text{ for every } 0\leq z< r_{\mathcal{K}}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \lambda_{\mathcal{K}}(z)< 1 \text{ for every } 0\leq z< r_{\mathcal{K}}. \end{align} $$
We will argue as in [Reference Ceccherini-Silberstein and Woess5, Proposition 4].
 Assume for a contradiction that 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z_0)\geq 1$
 for some
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z_0)\geq 1$
 for some 
 $0\leq z_0< r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Since
$0\leq z_0< r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Since 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(0)=0$
 and
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(0)=0$
 and 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 is continuous, there is some
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
 is continuous, there is some 
 $0<s\leq z_0<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 such that
$0<s\leq z_0<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 such that 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(s)=1$
. By the Perron-Frobenius theorem for non-negative irreducible matrices,
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(s)=1$
. By the Perron-Frobenius theorem for non-negative irreducible matrices, 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(s)=1$
 is a positive simple eigenvalue of
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(s)=1$
 is a positive simple eigenvalue of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(s)$
 for which we can find a left eigenvector
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(s)$
 for which we can find a left eigenvector 
 $\mathbf {x}=(x_c)_{c\in \mathcal {K}}$
 with only positive entries. Define the function
$\mathbf {x}=(x_c)_{c\in \mathcal {K}}$
 with only positive entries. Define the function 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{F}(z,\mathbf{y})=\sum_{c\in \mathcal{K}}x_c\left(y_c-P_{c,\mathcal{K}}(z,\mathbf{y})\right),\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{F}(z,\mathbf{y})=\sum_{c\in \mathcal{K}}x_c\left(y_c-P_{c,\mathcal{K}}(z,\mathbf{y})\right),\end{align*} $$
where 
 $\mathbf {y}=(y_c)_{c\in \mathcal {K}}$
. Note that for
$\mathbf {y}=(y_c)_{c\in \mathcal {K}}$
. Note that for 
 $\zeta =\left (s,F_{\mathcal {K}}(s)\right )$
 there is some
$\zeta =\left (s,F_{\mathcal {K}}(s)\right )$
 there is some 
 $\beta \geq 0$
 such that
$\beta \geq 0$
 such that 
 $$ \begin{align*} \begin{gathered} \mathcal{F}(\zeta)=0, \quad \frac{\partial\mathcal{F}}{\partial z}(\zeta)=-\beta, \quad \frac{\partial\mathcal{F}}{\partial y_{c}}(\zeta)=0. \end{gathered} \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \begin{gathered} \mathcal{F}(\zeta)=0, \quad \frac{\partial\mathcal{F}}{\partial z}(\zeta)=-\beta, \quad \frac{\partial\mathcal{F}}{\partial y_{c}}(\zeta)=0. \end{gathered} \end{align*} $$
We claim that 
 $\beta $
 is strictly positive, that is, that there is some
$\beta $
 is strictly positive, that is, that there is some 
 $c \in \mathcal {K}$
 such that
$c \in \mathcal {K}$
 such that 
 $P_{c,\mathcal {K}}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 depends nontrivially on z. Recall that by Lemma 4.15 every
$P_{c,\mathcal {K}}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 depends nontrivially on z. Recall that by Lemma 4.15 every 
 $c'$
-completion contains a nonvirtual arc, and thus
$c'$
-completion contains a nonvirtual arc, and thus 
 $F_{c'}(z)$
 depends on z for every
$F_{c'}(z)$
 depends on z for every 
 $c'$
. If the strong component
$c'$
. If the strong component 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 of D has an outgoing arc
$\mathcal {K}$
 of D has an outgoing arc 
 $c c'$
, then
$c c'$
, then 
 $P_{c,\mathcal {K}}$
 includes
$P_{c,\mathcal {K}}$
 includes 
 $F_{c'}(z)$
, which depends on z. Otherwise, for
$F_{c'}(z)$
, which depends on z. Otherwise, for 
 $c \in \mathcal {K}$
, the function
$c \in \mathcal {K}$
, the function 
 $P_{c,\mathcal {K}}(z,\mathbf {y})=P_{c}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 does not depend on any
$P_{c,\mathcal {K}}(z,\mathbf {y})=P_{c}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 does not depend on any 
 $y_{c'}$
 for
$y_{c'}$
 for 
 $c' \in \mathcal {C} \setminus \mathcal {K}$
 and thus must depend on z, because
$c' \in \mathcal {C} \setminus \mathcal {K}$
 and thus must depend on z, because 
 $F_c(z)=P_{c}(z,\mathbf {F}(z))$
 does.
$F_c(z)=P_{c}(z,\mathbf {F}(z))$
 does.
 Taylor expanding around 
 $\zeta $
, replacing
$\zeta $
, replacing 
 $\mathbf {y}$
 by
$\mathbf {y}$
 by 
 $F_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
, and using that
$F_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
, and using that 
 $F_c(z)=P_{c,\mathcal {K}}(z,F_{\mathcal {K}}(z))$
, we obtain
$F_c(z)=P_{c,\mathcal {K}}(z,F_{\mathcal {K}}(z))$
, we obtain 
 $$ \begin{align*} \begin{gathered} \beta(s-z)=O\left((s-z)^2\right), \end{gathered} \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \begin{gathered} \beta(s-z)=O\left((s-z)^2\right), \end{gathered} \end{align*} $$
which is a contradiction. This proves (5.3).
 We will now show that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})$
 has finite entries. Let us write
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})$
 has finite entries. Let us write 
 $m(z)$
 for the smallest positive entry of
$m(z)$
 for the smallest positive entry of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
, and consider some
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {K}}(z)$
, and consider some 
 $0<z_1<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Then
$0<z_1<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
. Then 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(z) \leq m(z)^{-|\mathcal {K}|}\leq m(z_1)^{-|\mathcal {K}|}$
 for every
$\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(z) \leq m(z)^{-|\mathcal {K}|}\leq m(z_1)^{-|\mathcal {K}|}$
 for every 
 $c,c'\in \mathcal {K}$
 and every
$c,c'\in \mathcal {K}$
 and every 
 $z_1\leq z<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 by Lemma 5.9 and the monotonicity of
$z_1\leq z<r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 by Lemma 5.9 and the monotonicity of 
 $m(z)$
. It follows from the monotone convergence theorem that
$m(z)$
. It follows from the monotone convergence theorem that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(r_{\mathcal {K}})$
 is well-defined and
$\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(r_{\mathcal {K}})$
 is well-defined and 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(r_{\mathcal {K}})\leq m(z_1)^{-|\mathcal {K}|}$
 for every
$\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(r_{\mathcal {K}})\leq m(z_1)^{-|\mathcal {K}|}$
 for every 
 $c,c'\in \mathcal {K}$
, which proves the first assertion of the lemma.
$c,c'\in \mathcal {K}$
, which proves the first assertion of the lemma.
 For the second assertion, it remains to show that 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})\leq 1$
. This follows from (5.3) by taking the limit as z goes to
$\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(r_{\mathcal {K}})\leq 1$
. This follows from (5.3) by taking the limit as z goes to 
 $r_{\mathcal {K}}$
.
$r_{\mathcal {K}}$
.
6 Analyticity at the critical point
 Keeping all definitions and assumptions from the previous section, the goal in this section is to prove the following analyticity results; recall that 
 $R = \min _{c \in \mathcal {C}} r_c$
 is the minimal radius of convergence of any
$R = \min _{c \in \mathcal {C}} r_c$
 is the minimal radius of convergence of any 
 $F_c(z)$
.
$F_c(z)$
.
Proposition 6.1. For every 
 $c\in \mathcal {U}$
,
$c\in \mathcal {U}$
, 
 $P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at
$P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at 
 $(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,\mathbf {F}(R))$
.
$(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,\mathbf {F}(R))$
.
Proposition 6.2. We have that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at 
 $(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,\mathbf {F}(R))$
.
$(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,\mathbf {F}(R))$
.
 We will prove Propositions 6.1 and 6.2 in a series of lemmas. We start by showing that 
 $F_c(R)$
 is finite for every
$F_c(R)$
 is finite for every 
 $c\in \mathcal {U}$
.
$c\in \mathcal {U}$
.
Lemma 6.3. If T has more than two ends and 
 $\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then
$\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then 
 $F_c(R)$
 is well-defined and finite for every
$F_c(R)$
 is well-defined and finite for every 
 $c\in \mathcal {U}$
.
$c\in \mathcal {U}$
.
Proof. First note that every 
 $c \in \mathcal {U}$
 is by definition nonboring and thus contains a virtual arc in
$c \in \mathcal {U}$
 is by definition nonboring and thus contains a virtual arc in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\bar x)$
. If c contains
$\mathcal {E}(\bar x)$
. If c contains 
 $k \geq 2$
 virtual arcs
$k \geq 2$
 virtual arcs 
 $e_1, \dots e_k \in \mathcal {E}(\bar x)$
, then let
$e_1, \dots e_k \in \mathcal {E}(\bar x)$
, then let 
 $c_i=(q_i,x,y)$
 be the configuration such that
$c_i=(q_i,x,y)$
 be the configuration such that 
 $q_i$
 is the walk of length 1 with the single arc
$q_i$
 is the walk of length 1 with the single arc 
 $e_i$
. Note that we can decompose any c-completion A into disjoint
$e_i$
. Note that we can decompose any c-completion A into disjoint 
 $c_i$
-completions
$c_i$
-completions 
 $A_i$
. Since
$A_i$
. Since 
 $\prod _{i=1}^k F_{c_i}(z)$
 is the sum of
$\prod _{i=1}^k F_{c_i}(z)$
 is the sum of 
 $\prod _{i=1}^k z^{\left \lVert A_i\right \rVert }$
 over any
$\prod _{i=1}^k z^{\left \lVert A_i\right \rVert }$
 over any 
 $c_i$
-completions
$c_i$
-completions 
 $A_i$
, while
$A_i$
, while 
 $F_c(z)$
 is the sum of
$F_c(z)$
 is the sum of 
 $\prod _{i=1}^k z^{\left \lVert A_i\right \rVert }$
 over disjoint
$\prod _{i=1}^k z^{\left \lVert A_i\right \rVert }$
 over disjoint 
 $c_i$
-completions
$c_i$
-completions 
 $A_i$
, we can deduce that
$A_i$
, we can deduce that 
 $F_c(z) \leq \prod _{i=1}^k F_{c_i}(z)$
. It thus suffices to prove the assertion for every
$F_c(z) \leq \prod _{i=1}^k F_{c_i}(z)$
. It thus suffices to prove the assertion for every 
 $c=(q,x,y)\in \mathcal {U}$
 such that q contains exactly two vertices and a virtual arc in
$c=(q,x,y)\in \mathcal {U}$
 such that q contains exactly two vertices and a virtual arc in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\bar x)$
 connecting those vertices. Let c be such a configuration.
$\mathcal {E}(\bar x)$
 connecting those vertices. Let c be such a configuration.
 We claim that there are an open subtree S of T, an arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on S and three arcs
$A=(P,C)$
 on S and three arcs 
 $f,e_1,e_2 \in \partial E(S)$
 satisfying the following conditions:
$f,e_1,e_2 \in \partial E(S)$
 satisfying the following conditions: 
- 
(i)  $C(f)= c$
 and $C(f)= c$
 and $X(f)=\bar f$
. $X(f)=\bar f$
.
- 
(ii)  $C(e_1)$
 and $C(e_1)$
 and $C(e_2)$
 are simple I-configurations such that $C(e_2)$
 are simple I-configurations such that $X(e_1)=e_1$
 and $X(e_1)=e_1$
 and $Y(e_2)=e_2$
. $Y(e_2)=e_2$
.
- 
(iii)  $C(e')$
 is boring if and only if $C(e')$
 is boring if and only if $e' \in \partial E(S) \setminus \{f,e_1,e_2\}$
. $e' \in \partial E(S) \setminus \{f,e_1,e_2\}$
.
If such an arrangement A exists, then A together with a c-completion 
 $A'$
 forms a
$A'$
 forms a 
 $C(e_1)$
–
$C(e_1)$
–
 $C(e_2)$
-completion, whose length n is the distance of
$C(e_2)$
-completion, whose length n is the distance of 
 $e_1$
 and
$e_1$
 and 
 $e_2$
. In particular
$e_2$
. In particular 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_p(R)^n)_{C(e_1),C(e_2)} \geq R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} F_c(R), \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_p(R)^n)_{C(e_1),C(e_2)} \geq R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} F_c(R), \end{align*}$$
so Lemma 5.8 implies that 
 $F_c(R)$
 is finite.
$F_c(R)$
 is finite.
 For the proof of the claim we start by picking 
 $f=\bar x$
. Furthermore, let
$f=\bar x$
. Furthermore, let 
 $e_1, e_2$
 be two different arcs having the same distance to f. We pick
$e_1, e_2$
 be two different arcs having the same distance to f. We pick 
 $e_1$
 and
$e_1$
 and 
 $e_2$
 such that the sets
$e_2$
 such that the sets 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
,
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
, 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
 are pairwise disjoint.
$\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
 are pairwise disjoint.
 Let 
 $q=(u,e,v) \in \mathcal {V}(f)$
. As in the proof of Proposition 3.9 we can find two disjoint
$q=(u,e,v) \in \mathcal {V}(f)$
. As in the proof of Proposition 3.9 we can find two disjoint 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
–
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
–
 $\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
-paths
$\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
-paths 
 $\pi _{u}$
 and
$\pi _{u}$
 and 
 $\pi _{v}$
 in G, starting at u and v, respectively. Moreover, we find a
$\pi _{v}$
 in G, starting at u and v, respectively. Moreover, we find a 
 $\mathcal {V}(f)$
–
$\mathcal {V}(f)$
–
 $\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
-path
$\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
-path 
 $\pi $
 in G starting at u. Let
$\pi $
 in G starting at u. Let 
 $u'$
 be the endpoint of
$u'$
 be the endpoint of 
 $\pi $
 in
$\pi $
 in 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
. We construct a walk w on
$\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
. We construct a walk w on 
 $\mathcal {G}(K_f)$
 as follows. Start at
$\mathcal {G}(K_f)$
 as follows. Start at 
 $u'$
 and follow
$u'$
 and follow 
 $\pi $
 until its first intersection with one of the paths
$\pi $
 until its first intersection with one of the paths 
 $\pi _{u}$
 and
$\pi _{u}$
 and 
 $\pi _{v}$
. If we reached
$\pi _{v}$
. If we reached 
 $\pi _u$
, we follow it until u, add the arc e to reach v and follow
$\pi _u$
, we follow it until u, add the arc e to reach v and follow 
 $\pi _v$
 from v to
$\pi _v$
 from v to 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
. Otherwise we follow
$\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
. Otherwise we follow 
 $\pi _v$
 until v, add
$\pi _v$
 until v, add 
 $\bar e$
 to reach u and follow
$\bar e$
 to reach u and follow 
 $\pi _u$
 to reach
$\pi _u$
 to reach 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
. In this case we reverse the obtained walk and exchange
$\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
. In this case we reverse the obtained walk and exchange 
 $e_1$
 and
$e_1$
 and 
 $e_2$
. It is now easy to check that in both cases we end up with a SAW w on
$e_2$
. It is now easy to check that in both cases we end up with a SAW w on 
 $\mathcal {G}(K_f)$
 connecting
$\mathcal {G}(K_f)$
 connecting 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e_1)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
 and containing the arc e. Let S be the support of w. By construction the arcs
$\mathcal {V}(e_2)$
 and containing the arc e. Let S be the support of w. By construction the arcs 
 $e_1,e_2$
 and f are in
$e_1,e_2$
 and f are in 
 $\partial E(S)$
. Theorem 4.14 provides us with a representation
$\partial E(S)$
. Theorem 4.14 provides us with a representation 
 $A=(P,C)$
 of w such that
$A=(P,C)$
 of w such that 
 $X(e_1)=e_1$
 and
$X(e_1)=e_1$
 and 
 $Y(e_2)=e_2$
. It is easy to check that A satisfies conditions (i)–(iii).
$Y(e_2)=e_2$
. It is easy to check that A satisfies conditions (i)–(iii).
The following construction is essential in the upcoming proofs; it is sketched in Figure 8.

Figure 8 Reflection-extension with splitting point u. The last part of the original walk is drawn in grey; the modified walk is drawn in black. Note that the distance between 
 $u'$
 and
$u'$
 and 
 $g_e(u')$
 is bounded by an absolute constant, so the increase in length will become negligible when the length of the original walk is large.
$g_e(u')$
 is bounded by an absolute constant, so the increase in length will become negligible when the length of the original walk is large.
Construction 6.4. Let 
 $a \in \{e_0, \bar e_0\}$
 be a representative arc of the action of
$a \in \{e_0, \bar e_0\}$
 be a representative arc of the action of 
 $\Gamma $
 on
$\Gamma $
 on 
 $E(T)$
 and fix an odd integer N which is larger than or equal to the constant of Proposition 3.9. Then Proposition 3.8 provides us with an automorphism
$E(T)$
 and fix an odd integer N which is larger than or equal to the constant of Proposition 3.9. Then Proposition 3.8 provides us with an automorphism 
 $\gamma _{a}$
 such that a and
$\gamma _{a}$
 such that a and 
 $\gamma _{a}(a)$
 are linkable and have distance N. By Proposition 3.9 for any
$\gamma _{a}(a)$
 are linkable and have distance N. By Proposition 3.9 for any 
 $v \in \mathcal {V}(a)$
 there is a v–
$v \in \mathcal {V}(a)$
 there is a v–
 $\gamma _{a} v$
-path
$\gamma _{a} v$
-path 
 $\pi _{a,v}$
 in G meeting
$\pi _{a,v}$
 in G meeting 
 $\mathcal {V}(a) \cup \mathcal {V}( \gamma _{a} a)$
 only in its endpoints.
$\mathcal {V}(a) \cup \mathcal {V}( \gamma _{a} a)$
 only in its endpoints.
 Moreover, for every 
 $e \in E(T)$
 fix an automorphism
$e \in E(T)$
 fix an automorphism 
 $h_e$
 mapping e to its representative
$h_e$
 mapping e to its representative 
 $\rho (e) \in \{e_0,\bar e_0\}$
.
$\rho (e) \in \{e_0,\bar e_0\}$
.
 Let 
 $e \in E(T)$
 and w be a self-avoiding walk on
$e \in E(T)$
 and w be a self-avoiding walk on 
 $\mathcal {G}(K_e)$
 not intersecting
$\mathcal {G}(K_e)$
 not intersecting 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
. A reflection-extension of w through e is constructed as follows. Let u be a vertex of w such that
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
. A reflection-extension of w through e is constructed as follows. Let u be a vertex of w such that 
 $d_G(u,\mathcal {V}(e))=d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(e))$
. We apply
$d_G(u,\mathcal {V}(e))=d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(e))$
. We apply 
 $g_e:=h^{-1}_{e}\circ \gamma _{h_e(\bar e)}\circ h_{e}$
 to the sub-walk of w starting at u. Next we connect u to
$g_e:=h^{-1}_{e}\circ \gamma _{h_e(\bar e)}\circ h_{e}$
 to the sub-walk of w starting at u. Next we connect u to 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 with a geodesic in G, which by definition intersects
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 with a geodesic in G, which by definition intersects 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 only in a single vertex
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 only in a single vertex 
 $u'$
. Furthermore, we connect
$u'$
. Furthermore, we connect 
 $g_e(u)$
 to
$g_e(u)$
 to 
 $\mathcal {V}(g_e(e))$
 with the image of the latter geodesic under
$\mathcal {V}(g_e(e))$
 with the image of the latter geodesic under 
 $g_e$
. Finally, we connect
$g_e$
. Finally, we connect 
 $u'$
 to
$u'$
 to 
 $g_e(u')$
 with
$g_e(u')$
 with 
 $h_e^{-1}(\pi _{h_e(\bar e),h_e(u')})$
. Note that by our choice of the vertex u, the object we thus obtain is a SAW; we denote by
$h_e^{-1}(\pi _{h_e(\bar e),h_e(u')})$
. Note that by our choice of the vertex u, the object we thus obtain is a SAW; we denote by 
 $\mathrm {Refl}_e(w)$
 the set of all possible reflection-extensions of w through e. The vertex u is called a splitting point of the reflection-extension.
$\mathrm {Refl}_e(w)$
 the set of all possible reflection-extensions of w through e. The vertex u is called a splitting point of the reflection-extension.
Lemma 6.5. Let 
 $e \in E(T)$
 and let
$e \in E(T)$
 and let 
 $w_1$
 and
$w_1$
 and 
 $w_2$
 be different self-avoiding walks on
$w_2$
 be different self-avoiding walks on 
 $\mathcal {G}(K_e)$
. Then
$\mathcal {G}(K_e)$
. Then 
 $\mathrm {Refl}_e(w_1) \cap \mathrm {Refl}_e(w_2) = \emptyset $
.
$\mathrm {Refl}_e(w_1) \cap \mathrm {Refl}_e(w_2) = \emptyset $
.
Proof. We show that the walk w can be uniquely reconstructed from any 
 $w' \in \mathrm {Refl}_e(w)$
 provided that e is known. Note that by construction
$w' \in \mathrm {Refl}_e(w)$
 provided that e is known. Note that by construction 
 $w'$
 consists of 5 parts: the sub-walk of w up to the vertex u, followed by a geodesic
$w'$
 consists of 5 parts: the sub-walk of w up to the vertex u, followed by a geodesic 
 $\pi _u$
 from u to
$\pi _u$
 from u to 
 $u' \in \mathcal {V}(e)$
, a walk from
$u' \in \mathcal {V}(e)$
, a walk from 
 $u'$
 to
$u'$
 to 
 $g_e(u')$
, the image of
$g_e(u')$
, the image of 
 $\pi _u$
 under
$\pi _u$
 under 
 $g_e$
, and the image of the sub-walk of w starting at u under
$g_e$
, and the image of the sub-walk of w starting at u under 
 $g_e$
. In particular, given
$g_e$
. In particular, given 
 $w'$
 it is easy to identify u as the first vertex of
$w'$
 it is easy to identify u as the first vertex of 
 $w'$
 such that
$w'$
 such that 
 $g_e(u)$
 is also contained in
$g_e(u)$
 is also contained in 
 $w'$
. Then w is obtained as the concatenation of the sub-walk of
$w'$
. Then w is obtained as the concatenation of the sub-walk of 
 $w'$
 up to u and the image of the sub-walk of
$w'$
 up to u and the image of the sub-walk of 
 $w'$
 starting at
$w'$
 starting at 
 $g_e(u)$
 under the map
$g_e(u)$
 under the map 
 $g_e^{-1}$
.
$g_e^{-1}$
.
 Our next goal is to show that there are exponentially fewer SAWs that stay within a part than SAWs that use vertices in multiple parts. Consider some part 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 and some vertex
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
 and some vertex 
 $o\in \mathcal {V}(t)$
. We define
$o\in \mathcal {V}(t)$
. We define 
 $c_n(o,t)$
 to be the number of SAWs w on G of length n starting at o visiting only vertices in
$c_n(o,t)$
 to be the number of SAWs w on G of length n starting at o visiting only vertices in 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
. Let
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
. Let 
 $\mu _{o,t}=\limsup c_n(o,t)^{1/n}$
.
$\mu _{o,t}=\limsup c_n(o,t)^{1/n}$
.
Lemma 6.6. If 
 $\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then
$\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then 
 $\mu _{o,t}<1/R$
 for every
$\mu _{o,t}<1/R$
 for every 
 $t\in V(T)$
 and
$t\in V(T)$
 and 
 $o\in \mathcal {V}(t)$
.
$o\in \mathcal {V}(t)$
.
Proof. The statement is trivially satisfied if 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 is finite, so we henceforth assume that
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
 is finite, so we henceforth assume that 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 is infinite. Consider a SAW w of length n starting at o and visiting only vertices in
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
 is infinite. Consider a SAW w of length n starting at o and visiting only vertices in 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
. We will construct several SAWs starting at o that do not stay in
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
. We will construct several SAWs starting at o that do not stay in 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 by applying Construction 6.4 and then compare the corresponding generating functions.
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
 by applying Construction 6.4 and then compare the corresponding generating functions.
 We first need to define a suitable set of adhesion sets. Let 
 $M>0$
 be the constant of Proposition 3.7. Let also
$M>0$
 be the constant of Proposition 3.7. Let also 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 be a set of arcs of
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 be a set of arcs of 
 $E(t)$
 such that
$E(t)$
 such that 
 $1 \leq d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),w) \leq M$
 for every
$1 \leq d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),w) \leq M$
 for every 
 $e \in \mathcal {B}(w)$
,
$e \in \mathcal {B}(w)$
, 
 $d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),\mathcal {V}(f))>2M$
 for every distinct
$d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),\mathcal {V}(f))>2M$
 for every distinct 
 $e, f\in \mathcal {B}(w)$
, and
$e, f\in \mathcal {B}(w)$
, and 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 is maximal with respect to the latter property.
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 is maximal with respect to the latter property.
 We now associate to each 
 $e\in \mathcal {B}(w)$
 a vertex
$e\in \mathcal {B}(w)$
 a vertex 
 $u_e=u_e(w)$
 of w such that
$u_e=u_e(w)$
 of w such that 
 $d_G(u_e,\mathcal {V}(e))=d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(e))\leq M$
, and we denote the set thus obtained by U. Note that the vertices
$d_G(u_e,\mathcal {V}(e))=d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(e))\leq M$
, and we denote the set thus obtained by U. Note that the vertices 
 $u_e$
 are distinct because
$u_e$
 are distinct because 
 $d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),\mathcal {V}(f))>2M$
 for every distinct
$d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),\mathcal {V}(f))>2M$
 for every distinct 
 $e, f\in \mathcal {B}(w)$
. Using the ordering of the vertices
$e, f\in \mathcal {B}(w)$
. Using the ordering of the vertices 
 $u_e$
 coming from the ordering of the vertices of w, we order the elements of
$u_e$
 coming from the ordering of the vertices of w, we order the elements of 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
.
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
.
 We claim that 
 $|\mathcal {B}(w)|\geq m:=n/\Delta ^{4M+2D}$
, where
$|\mathcal {B}(w)|\geq m:=n/\Delta ^{4M+2D}$
, where 
 $\Delta $
 is the maximal vertex-degree in G and D is maximal distance (in G) between two vertices in the same adhesion set. Indeed, let v be a vertex of w, and
$\Delta $
 is the maximal vertex-degree in G and D is maximal distance (in G) between two vertices in the same adhesion set. Indeed, let v be a vertex of w, and 
 $f \in E(t)$
 such that
$f \in E(t)$
 such that 
 $d_G(v,\mathcal {V}(f))\leq M$
. Then
$d_G(v,\mathcal {V}(f))\leq M$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}d_G\left(\mathcal{V}(f),\bigcup_{e \in \mathcal{B}(w)} \mathcal{V}(e)\right)\leq 2M \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}d_G\left(\mathcal{V}(f),\bigcup_{e \in \mathcal{B}(w)} \mathcal{V}(e)\right)\leq 2M \end{align*}$$
by the maximality of 
 $\mathcal {A}(w)$
. Hence
$\mathcal {A}(w)$
. Hence 
 $d_G(v,U)\leq 4M+2D$
. This implies that the balls of radius
$d_G(v,U)\leq 4M+2D$
. This implies that the balls of radius 
 $4M+2D$
 around the vertices in U cover w. Since each ball of radius
$4M+2D$
 around the vertices in U cover w. Since each ball of radius 
 $4M+2D$
 has size at most
$4M+2D$
 has size at most 
 $\Delta ^{4M+2D}$
, the claim follows.
$\Delta ^{4M+2D}$
, the claim follows.
 Let 
 $\varepsilon \in (0,1)$
 be a small constant to be defined later, and consider a set
$\varepsilon \in (0,1)$
 be a small constant to be defined later, and consider a set 
 $H\subseteq \mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality
$H\subseteq \mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality 
 $k=\lfloor \varepsilon m \rfloor $
. We write
$k=\lfloor \varepsilon m \rfloor $
. We write 
 $e_i=e_i(H)$
 for the i-th element of H. We will successively apply Construction 6.4 to w. More precisely, let
$e_i=e_i(H)$
 for the i-th element of H. We will successively apply Construction 6.4 to w. More precisely, let 
 $w_1(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{e_1}(w)$
 be a reflection-extension of w through
$w_1(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{e_1}(w)$
 be a reflection-extension of w through 
 $e_1$
 with splitting point
$e_1$
 with splitting point 
 $u_{e_1}$
 and let
$u_{e_1}$
 and let 
 $g=g_{e_1}$
 be the automorphism applied to the second part of w in the reflection-extension process.
$g=g_{e_1}$
 be the automorphism applied to the second part of w in the reflection-extension process.
 Consider the second element 
 $e_2\in H$
, and note that
$e_2\in H$
, and note that 
 $g(u_{e_2})$
 minimises
$g(u_{e_2})$
 minimises 
 $d_G(v, \mathcal {V}(g(e_2)))$
 among the vertices v of
$d_G(v, \mathcal {V}(g(e_2)))$
 among the vertices v of 
 $w_1(H)$
, since
$w_1(H)$
, since 
 $$\begin{align*}d_G\left(\mathcal{V}(g(e_1)),\mathcal{V}(g(e_2))\right)>2M. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}d_G\left(\mathcal{V}(g(e_1)),\mathcal{V}(g(e_2))\right)>2M. \end{align*}$$
Thus there is a reflection-extension 
 $w_2(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{g(e_2)}(w_1(H))$
 of
$w_2(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{g(e_2)}(w_1(H))$
 of 
 $w_1(H)$
 through
$w_1(H)$
 through 
 $g(e_2)$
 with splitting point
$g(e_2)$
 with splitting point 
 $g(u_{e_2})$
. Continuing in this way, we obtain a sequence of SAWs
$g(u_{e_2})$
. Continuing in this way, we obtain a sequence of SAWs 
 $w_1(H),\ldots ,w_k(H)$
. Note that
$w_1(H),\ldots ,w_k(H)$
. Note that 
 $w_k(H)$
 has length between n and
$w_k(H)$
 has length between n and 
 $n+k\ell $
 for some constant
$n+k\ell $
 for some constant 
 $\ell>0$
 independent of w.
$\ell>0$
 independent of w.
 Varying H over all possible subsets of 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality k, we obtain a map
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality k, we obtain a map 
 $(w,H) \mapsto w_k(H)$
. We claim that this map is injective. Indeed, note first that the set H can be reconstructed uniquely from
$(w,H) \mapsto w_k(H)$
. We claim that this map is injective. Indeed, note first that the set H can be reconstructed uniquely from 
 $w_k(H)$
. The arc
$w_k(H)$
. The arc 
 $e_1(H)$
 is the unique arc in
$e_1(H)$
 is the unique arc in 
 $E(t)$
 such that the configuration defined by
$E(t)$
 such that the configuration defined by 
 $w_k(H)$
 on
$w_k(H)$
 on 
 $e_1(H)$
 is an I-configuration. This also defines uniquely the map
$e_1(H)$
 is an I-configuration. This also defines uniquely the map 
 $g=g_{e_1}$
 used in the reflection-extension process. Similarly
$g=g_{e_1}$
 used in the reflection-extension process. Similarly 
 $g(e_2(H))$
 is the unique arc in
$g(e_2(H))$
 is the unique arc in 
 $E(g(t)) \setminus \{e_1(H)\}$
 such that the configuration defined by
$E(g(t)) \setminus \{e_1(H)\}$
 such that the configuration defined by 
 $w_k(H)$
 on
$w_k(H)$
 on 
 $g(e_2(H))$
 is an I-configuration. Proceeding in this way, we see that H is uniquely given by
$g(e_2(H))$
 is an I-configuration. Proceeding in this way, we see that H is uniquely given by 
 $w_k(H)$
. But then the claim is a consequence of Lemma 6.5.
$w_k(H)$
. But then the claim is a consequence of Lemma 6.5.
We have thus constructed at least
 $$\begin{align*}\binom{m}{k}c_n(o,t) \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\binom{m}{k}c_n(o,t) \end{align*}$$
distinct SAWs that start at o and have length between n and 
 $n+k\ell $
. Since
$n+k\ell $
. Since 
 $R \leq 1$
 by Remark 5.5, this implies that
$R \leq 1$
 by Remark 5.5, this implies that 
 $$\begin{align*}R^{n+k\ell}\binom{m}{k} c_n(o,t) \leq \sum_{(w,H)}R^{\left\lVert w_k(H)\right\rVert}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}R^{n+k\ell}\binom{m}{k} c_n(o,t) \leq \sum_{(w,H)}R^{\left\lVert w_k(H)\right\rVert}, \end{align*}$$
where the sum runs over all SAWs w of length n starting at o and all subsets H of 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality k. We will now estimate this sum in terms of
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality k. We will now estimate this sum in terms of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_p(R)$
.
$\mathfrak {J}_p(R)$
.
 Each walk 
 $w_k(H)$
 is a self-avoiding walk starting at
$w_k(H)$
 is a self-avoiding walk starting at 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
, and ending at
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
, and ending at 
 $\mathcal {V}(t')$
, where
$\mathcal {V}(t')$
, where 
 $t'=(g_k \circ \dots \circ g_1)(t)$
. Additionally, by construction
$t'=(g_k \circ \dots \circ g_1)(t)$
. Additionally, by construction 
 $w_k(H)$
 meets each of
$w_k(H)$
 meets each of 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_1(H))$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e_1(H))$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_k'(H))$
 only in a single vertex, where
$\mathcal {V}(e_k'(H))$
 only in a single vertex, where 
 $e_k'(H):=(g_k \circ \dots \circ g_1)(e_k(H))$
. Decomposing
$e_k'(H):=(g_k \circ \dots \circ g_1)(e_k(H))$
. Decomposing 
 $w_k(H)$
 at these two vertices, we see that it consists of a SAW
$w_k(H)$
 at these two vertices, we see that it consists of a SAW 
 $w_k^1(H)$
 containing only vertices of
$w_k^1(H)$
 containing only vertices of 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
, a SAW
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
, a SAW 
 $w_k^2(H)$
 connecting
$w_k^2(H)$
 connecting 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_1(H))$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(e_1(H))$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}(e_k'(H))$
 and a SAW
$\mathcal {V}(e_k'(H))$
 and a SAW 
 $w_k^3(H)$
 containing only vertices of
$w_k^3(H)$
 containing only vertices of 
 $\mathcal {V}(t')$
. By Theorem 4.14 there is a representation
$\mathcal {V}(t')$
. By Theorem 4.14 there is a representation 
 $A_H=(P_H,C_H)$
 of
$A_H=(P_H,C_H)$
 of 
 $w_k^2(H)$
 which is a
$w_k^2(H)$
 which is a 
 $C_H(e_1(H))$
–
$C_H(e_1(H))$
–
 $C_H(e_k'(H))$
-completion for the simple configurations
$C_H(e_k'(H))$
-completion for the simple configurations 
 $C_H(e_1(H))$
 and
$C_H(e_1(H))$
 and 
 $C_H(e_k'(H))$
. By Construction 6.4 the arcs
$C_H(e_k'(H))$
. By Construction 6.4 the arcs 
 $e_1(H)$
 and
$e_1(H)$
 and 
 $e_k'(H)$
 have distance
$e_k'(H)$
 have distance 
 $kN+k-1$
. Thus the arrangement
$kN+k-1$
. Thus the arrangement 
 $A_H$
 is counted in some entry of
$A_H$
 is counted in some entry of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_p(R)^{k N+ k-1}$
.
$\mathfrak {J}_p(R)^{k N+ k-1}$
.
 Letting 
 $c_n^t = \max _{o \in \mathcal {V}(t)} c_n(o,t)$
, we thus obtain
$c_n^t = \max _{o \in \mathcal {V}(t)} c_n(o,t)$
, we thus obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}\sum_{(w,H)}R^{\left\lVert w_k(H)\right\rVert} \leq \left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_p(R)\right\rVert^{k N+ k-1}_1 \sum_{i=0}^n \sum_{j=0}^{n-i} c_i^t c_j^t R^{i+j}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sum_{(w,H)}R^{\left\lVert w_k(H)\right\rVert} \leq \left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_p(R)\right\rVert^{k N+ k-1}_1 \sum_{i=0}^n \sum_{j=0}^{n-i} c_i^t c_j^t R^{i+j}, \end{align*}$$
where 
 $\left \lVert \mathfrak {J}_p(R)\right \rVert _1$
 denotes the sum of all the entries of
$\left \lVert \mathfrak {J}_p(R)\right \rVert _1$
 denotes the sum of all the entries of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_p(R)$
. To estimate the latter sum, let
$\mathfrak {J}_p(R)$
. To estimate the latter sum, let 
 $\mu _{t}=\max _{v\in \mathcal {V}(t)}\mu _{v,t}$
. By taking cases according to whether
$\mu _{t}=\max _{v\in \mathcal {V}(t)}\mu _{v,t}$
. By taking cases according to whether 
 $\mu _t R \leq 1$
 or
$\mu _t R \leq 1$
 or 
 $\mu _t R>1$
 we obtain
$\mu _t R>1$
 we obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}\sum_{i=0}^n \sum_{j=0}^{n-i} c_i^t c_j^t R^{i+j}=\max\{\mu_t^n R^n,1\}e^{o(n)}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sum_{i=0}^n \sum_{j=0}^{n-i} c_i^t c_j^t R^{i+j}=\max\{\mu_t^n R^n,1\}e^{o(n)}. \end{align*}$$
This implies that
 $$\begin{align*}c_n(o,t) \leq \frac{\max\{\mu_t^n,1/R^n\}}{R^{k\ell}\binom{m}{k}}\left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_p(R)\right\rVert^{k(N+1)+o(n)}_1. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}c_n(o,t) \leq \frac{\max\{\mu_t^n,1/R^n\}}{R^{k\ell}\binom{m}{k}}\left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_p(R)\right\rVert^{k(N+1)+o(n)}_1. \end{align*}$$
Recall that 
 $k = \lfloor \varepsilon m \rfloor $
. Hence by Stirling’s approximation we obtain
$k = \lfloor \varepsilon m \rfloor $
. Hence by Stirling’s approximation we obtain 
 $$ \begin{align} \binom{m}{k}=\sqrt{\frac{m}{2\pi k(m-k)}}\frac{m^m}{k^k(m-k)^{m-k}}(1+o(1))=\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon^\varepsilon(1-\varepsilon)^{1-\varepsilon}}\right)^{m+o(m)}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \binom{m}{k}=\sqrt{\frac{m}{2\pi k(m-k)}}\frac{m^m}{k^k(m-k)^{m-k}}(1+o(1))=\left(\frac{1}{\varepsilon^\varepsilon(1-\varepsilon)^{1-\varepsilon}}\right)^{m+o(m)}. \end{align} $$
 For 
 $\varepsilon = R^{\ell }\left \lVert \mathfrak {J}_p(R)\right \rVert ^{-(N+1)}_1$
 we have
$\varepsilon = R^{\ell }\left \lVert \mathfrak {J}_p(R)\right \rVert ^{-(N+1)}_1$
 we have 
 $$\begin{align*}c_n(o,t)\leq \max\{\mu_t^n, 1/R^n\}(1-\varepsilon)^{(1-\varepsilon)m+o(m)}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}c_n(o,t)\leq \max\{\mu_t^n, 1/R^n\}(1-\varepsilon)^{(1-\varepsilon)m+o(m)}. \end{align*}$$
Taking n-th roots and sending n to infinity we obtain that
 $$ \begin{align*}\mu_{o,t}<\max\{\mu_t,1/R\}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mu_{o,t}<\max\{\mu_t,1/R\}.\end{align*} $$
Since this holds for all o, we obtain that 
 $\mu _t<\max \{\mu _t,1/R\}$
, hence
$\mu _t<\max \{\mu _t,1/R\}$
, hence 
 $\mu _t<1/R$
, as desired.
$\mu _t<1/R$
, as desired.
 We are now ready to prove Proposition 6.1. In what follows, we use the notation 
 $c_n^t = \max _{o \in \mathcal {V}(t)} c_n(o,t)$
 introduced in the proof of Lemma 6.6.
$c_n^t = \max _{o \in \mathcal {V}(t)} c_n(o,t)$
 introduced in the proof of Lemma 6.6.
Proof of Proposition 6.1.
 By assumption all coefficients of 
 $P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 are non-negative. Thus it is enough to show that there is some constant
$P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 are non-negative. Thus it is enough to show that there is some constant 
 $\delta> 0$
 such that
$\delta> 0$
 such that 
 $$\begin{align*}F_{c,\delta}(R) := P_c\left((1+\delta)R,(1+\delta)\mathbf{F}(R)\right) < \infty. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{c,\delta}(R) := P_c\left((1+\delta)R,(1+\delta)\mathbf{F}(R)\right) < \infty. \end{align*}$$
 As in the proof of Lemma 6.3, it suffices to consider configurations 
 $c\in \mathcal {U}$
 that contain only two vertices and a virtual arc connecting those vertices.
$c\in \mathcal {U}$
 that contain only two vertices and a virtual arc connecting those vertices.
 Let 
 $c=(q,x,y)$
 be such a configuration, and let
$c=(q,x,y)$
 be such a configuration, and let 
 $t=x^-$
. Let us start by defining
$t=x^-$
. Let us start by defining 
 $\mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 to be the set of arrangements
$\mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 to be the set of arrangements 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on
$A=(P,C)$
 on 
 $S=\mathrm {star}(t)$
 such that
$S=\mathrm {star}(t)$
 such that 
 $C(x)=c$
 and
$C(x)=c$
 and 
 $\left \lvert P(t)\right \rvert =n$
, where n counts the total number of arcs in
$\left \lvert P(t)\right \rvert =n$
, where n counts the total number of arcs in 
 $P(t)$
 and not just the nonvirtual ones. In particular, every
$P(t)$
 and not just the nonvirtual ones. In particular, every 
 $A \in \mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 satisfies
$A \in \mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 satisfies 
 $$ \begin{align} \left\lVert A\right\rVert + \left\lvert\mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}\right\rvert \leq n \leq \left\lVert A\right\rVert + K \left\lvert\mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}\right\rvert, \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \left\lVert A\right\rVert + \left\lvert\mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}\right\rvert \leq n \leq \left\lVert A\right\rVert + K \left\lvert\mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}\right\rvert, \end{align} $$
where K is the size of the adhesion sets of our tree decomposition. With this in mind, we can write
 $$\begin{align*}F_{c,\delta}(R) \leq \sum_{n=0}^\infty (1+\delta)^n \Phi_{n}(R), \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{c,\delta}(R) \leq \sum_{n=0}^\infty (1+\delta)^n \Phi_{n}(R), \end{align*}$$
where
 $$\begin{align*}\Phi_{n}(R) = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}(c,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Phi_{n}(R) = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}(c,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align*}$$
 It is enough find an upper bound for 
 $\Phi _{n}(R)$
 which decays exponentially in n because then for some
$\Phi _{n}(R)$
 which decays exponentially in n because then for some 
 $\delta> 0$
 small enough,
$\delta> 0$
 small enough, 
 $F_{c,\delta }(R)$
 is upper bounded by a geometric series. We split the inner sum into three parts and treat those parts individually. In order to split up the sum, we first need some definitions.
$F_{c,\delta }(R)$
 is upper bounded by a geometric series. We split the inner sum into three parts and treat those parts individually. In order to split up the sum, we first need some definitions.
 For 
 $\varepsilon>0$
 we partition
$\varepsilon>0$
 we partition 
 $\mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 into two subsets according to whether they result in a ‘small’ or ‘large’ number of nonboring configurations on the edges of
$\mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 into two subsets according to whether they result in a ‘small’ or ‘large’ number of nonboring configurations on the edges of 
 $E(S)$
:
$E(S)$
: 
- 
(i)  $\mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 is the set of $\mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 is the set of $A\in \mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 such that the number of arcs $A\in \mathcal {A}(c,n)$
 such that the number of arcs $e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
 for which $e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
 for which $C(e)$
 is nonboring, is smaller than $C(e)$
 is nonboring, is smaller than $\varepsilon n$
, $\varepsilon n$
,
- 
(ii)  $\mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)=\mathcal {A}(c,n)\setminus \mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
. $\mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)=\mathcal {A}(c,n)\setminus \mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
.
Clearly,
 $$ \begin{align} \Phi_{n}(R) = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R) + \sum_{A \in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \Phi_{n}(R) = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R) + \sum_{A \in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align} $$
 We further split the second sum into a part summing over completions where ‘many’ of the 
 $C(e)$
-completions are longer than some constant L, and a part summing over completions where ‘few’ of the
$C(e)$
-completions are longer than some constant L, and a part summing over completions where ‘few’ of the 
 $C(e)$
-completions are longer than L. More precisely, for
$C(e)$
-completions are longer than L. More precisely, for 
 $L>0$
 and
$L>0$
 and 
 $A\in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
, let
$A\in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
, let 
 $\mathcal {M}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L)$
 be the set of sequences
$\mathcal {M}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L)$
 be the set of sequences 
 $(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}$
, where each
$(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}$
, where each 
 $A_e=(P_e,C_e)$
 is an arrangement on
$A_e=(P_e,C_e)$
 is an arrangement on 
 $K_{\bar e}$
, such that
$K_{\bar e}$
, such that 
 $C_e(e)=C(e)$
 for every
$C_e(e)=C(e)$
 for every 
 $e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
, and for at least
$e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
, and for at least 
 $\varepsilon n/2$
 arcs
$\varepsilon n/2$
 arcs 
 $e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
, we have
$e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
, we have 
 $\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert \geq L$
. Let
$\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert \geq L$
. Let 
 $\mathcal F(A, \varepsilon ,n,L)$
 be the set of sequences
$\mathcal F(A, \varepsilon ,n,L)$
 be the set of sequences 
 $(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}$
 not contained in
$(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}$
 not contained in 
 $\mathcal M(A,\varepsilon ,n,L)$
. Write
$\mathcal M(A,\varepsilon ,n,L)$
. Write 
 $\left \lVert (A_e)\right \rVert =\sum _{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert $
.
$\left \lVert (A_e)\right \rVert =\sum _{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert $
.
Recall that
 $$\begin{align*}F_{C(e)}(R) = \sum_{A_e \; C(e)\text{-completion}} R^{\left\lVert A_e\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{C(e)}(R) = \sum_{A_e \; C(e)\text{-completion}} R^{\left\lVert A_e\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
Using this identity on the factors of the product inside the second sum in the expression (6.3), we arrive at 
 $ \Phi _{n}(R) = \Sigma _{n}(R) + \Lambda _{n}^1(R)+ \Lambda _{n}^2(R), $
 where
$ \Phi _{n}(R) = \Sigma _{n}(R) + \Lambda _{n}^1(R)+ \Lambda _{n}^2(R), $
 where 
 $$ \begin{align*} \Sigma_{n}(R) & = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R), \\ \Lambda_{n}^1(R) & = \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}\prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} \sum_{(A_e)\in \mathcal{M}(A,\varepsilon,n,L)} R^{\left\lVert(A_e)\right\rVert}, \\ \Lambda_{n}^2(R) & = \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} \sum_{(A_{e})\in \mathcal{F}(A,\varepsilon,n,L)} R^{\left\lVert(A_{e})\right\rVert}. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \Sigma_{n}(R) & = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(R), \\ \Lambda_{n}^1(R) & = \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}\prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} \sum_{(A_e)\in \mathcal{M}(A,\varepsilon,n,L)} R^{\left\lVert(A_e)\right\rVert}, \\ \Lambda_{n}^2(R) & = \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}} \sum_{(A_{e})\in \mathcal{F}(A,\varepsilon,n,L)} R^{\left\lVert(A_{e})\right\rVert}. \end{align*} $$
 Let us first consider 
 $\Sigma _n(R)$
. Using the upper bound in (6.2) together with the fact that
$\Sigma _n(R)$
. Using the upper bound in (6.2) together with the fact that 
 $R \leq 1$
 by Remark 5.5, we immediately obtain
$R \leq 1$
 by Remark 5.5, we immediately obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}\Sigma_n(R) \leq t_1^{\varepsilon n} R^{(1-K \varepsilon) n} \left\lvert \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)\right\rvert , \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Sigma_n(R) \leq t_1^{\varepsilon n} R^{(1-K \varepsilon) n} \left\lvert \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)\right\rvert , \end{align*}$$
where 
 $1<t_1:=1+\max \{F_c(R)\mid c\in \mathcal {U}\}$
 is a finite constant by Lemma 6.3. We will show that the right-hand side of the inequality decays exponentially, provided that
$1<t_1:=1+\max \{F_c(R)\mid c\in \mathcal {U}\}$
 is a finite constant by Lemma 6.3. We will show that the right-hand side of the inequality decays exponentially, provided that 
 $\varepsilon $
 is small enough.
$\varepsilon $
 is small enough.
 Let us estimate the cardinality of 
 $\mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
. Each
$\mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
. Each 
 $A=(P,C) \in \mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 consists of a walk
$A=(P,C) \in \mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 consists of a walk 
 $P(t)$
 and a collection of configurations
$P(t)$
 and a collection of configurations 
 $(C(e))_{e \in E(S)}$
 with all but at most
$(C(e))_{e \in E(S)}$
 with all but at most 
 $\varepsilon n$
 of them being boring. Note that
$\varepsilon n$
 of them being boring. Note that 
 $P(t)$
 already uniquely determines A because c is a U-configuration. Indeed, the configurations
$P(t)$
 already uniquely determines A because c is a U-configuration. Indeed, the configurations 
 $C(e)=(Q(e),X(e),Y(e))$
 must be U-configurations and by Lemma 4.1 each
$C(e)=(Q(e),X(e),Y(e))$
 must be U-configurations and by Lemma 4.1 each 
 $Q(e)$
 is determined by
$Q(e)$
 is determined by 
 $P(t)$
. We derive an upper bound for the number of possible walks
$P(t)$
. We derive an upper bound for the number of possible walks 
 $P(t)$
. We start by counting the possible walks with exactly k virtual arcs, and whose walk components after removing the virtual arcs have lengths
$P(t)$
. We start by counting the possible walks with exactly k virtual arcs, and whose walk components after removing the virtual arcs have lengths 
 $(n_0,\dots , n_k)$
. It is possible that some
$(n_0,\dots , n_k)$
. It is possible that some 
 $n_i=0$
. Note that
$n_i=0$
. Note that 
 $\sum _{i=0}^k n_i = n-k$
. Denote the set of such walks by
$\sum _{i=0}^k n_i = n-k$
. Denote the set of such walks by 
 $\mathcal {W}(n_0,\dots , n_k)$
. We can construct such walks inductively. Start by choosing a walk
$\mathcal {W}(n_0,\dots , n_k)$
. We can construct such walks inductively. Start by choosing a walk 
 $W_0$
 of length
$W_0$
 of length 
 $n_0$
 starting at the initial vertex of the walk q of the configuration c. In the i-th step we attach a virtual arc
$n_0$
 starting at the initial vertex of the walk q of the configuration c. In the i-th step we attach a virtual arc 
 $e_i$
 and a walk
$e_i$
 and a walk 
 $W_i$
 of length
$W_i$
 of length 
 $n_i$
 to the walk constructed so far; if no suitable virtual arcs exist, we do not proceed with the construction. Recall that
$n_i$
 to the walk constructed so far; if no suitable virtual arcs exist, we do not proceed with the construction. Recall that 
 $c_n^t = \max _{o \in \mathcal {V}(t)} c_n(o,t)$
 and note that there are at most
$c_n^t = \max _{o \in \mathcal {V}(t)} c_n(o,t)$
 and note that there are at most 
 $c_{n_i}^t$
 ways to choose the i-th walk, and there is a constant upper bound
$c_{n_i}^t$
 ways to choose the i-th walk, and there is a constant upper bound 
 $t_2$
 for the number of virtual arcs incident to a vertex. Thus
$t_2$
 for the number of virtual arcs incident to a vertex. Thus 
 $$\begin{align*}|\mathcal{W} (n_0,\dots n_k)| \leq t_2^{k}\prod_{i=0}^k c_{n_i}^t,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}|\mathcal{W} (n_0,\dots n_k)| \leq t_2^{k}\prod_{i=0}^k c_{n_i}^t,\end{align*}$$
where 
 $c_{n_i}^t=1$
 if
$c_{n_i}^t=1$
 if 
 $n_i=0$
. To bound this product, consider some
$n_i=0$
. To bound this product, consider some 
 $r\in (\mu _t,1/R)$
, where
$r\in (\mu _t,1/R)$
, where 
 $\mu _t=\max _{o\in \mathcal {V}(t)} \mu _{o,t}$
. Note that such an r exists by Lemma 6.6 and that there exists a constant
$\mu _t=\max _{o\in \mathcal {V}(t)} \mu _{o,t}$
. Note that such an r exists by Lemma 6.6 and that there exists a constant 
 $t_3\geq 1$
 such that
$t_3\geq 1$
 such that 
 $c_m^t\leq t_3 r^m$
 for every
$c_m^t\leq t_3 r^m$
 for every 
 $m\geq 1$
. Moreover, every virtual arc lies in an adhesion set such that A is nonboring on the corresponding arc. This implies that
$m\geq 1$
. Moreover, every virtual arc lies in an adhesion set such that A is nonboring on the corresponding arc. This implies that 
 $k\leq K \varepsilon n$
. We conclude that
$k\leq K \varepsilon n$
. We conclude that 
 $$\begin{align*}|\mathcal{W} (n_0,\dots n_k)| \leq (t_2 t_3)^{K\varepsilon n } r^{n-k}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}|\mathcal{W} (n_0,\dots n_k)| \leq (t_2 t_3)^{K\varepsilon n } r^{n-k}. \end{align*}$$
 Every 
 $A \in \mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 is uniquely determined by some
$A \in \mathcal {S}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 is uniquely determined by some 
 $W \in \mathcal {W}(n_0,\dots ,n_k)$
 for some
$W \in \mathcal {W}(n_0,\dots ,n_k)$
 for some 
 $k \leq K \varepsilon n$
 where
$k \leq K \varepsilon n$
 where 
 $n_0, \dots , n_k$
 are given by the positions of the k virtual arcs in
$n_0, \dots , n_k$
 are given by the positions of the k virtual arcs in 
 $P(t)$
. We conclude that
$P(t)$
. We conclude that 
 $$\begin{align*}\left\lvert \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)\right\rvert \leq \sum_{k=0}^{\lfloor K\varepsilon n \rfloor} \binom{n}{k} (t_2 t_3)^{K\varepsilon n } r^{n-k}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\left\lvert \mathcal{S}(c,\varepsilon,n)\right\rvert \leq \sum_{k=0}^{\lfloor K\varepsilon n \rfloor} \binom{n}{k} (t_2 t_3)^{K\varepsilon n } r^{n-k}. \end{align*}$$
Using Stirling’s approximation as in (6.1) and the fact that the binomial coefficients 
 $\binom {n}{k}$
 are monotonic in k, we see that
$\binom {n}{k}$
 are monotonic in k, we see that 
 $$\begin{align*}\binom{n}{k}\leq \left(\frac{1}{(K\varepsilon)^{K\varepsilon}(1-K\varepsilon)^{1-K\varepsilon}}\right)^{n+o(n)} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\binom{n}{k}\leq \left(\frac{1}{(K\varepsilon)^{K\varepsilon}(1-K\varepsilon)^{1-K\varepsilon}}\right)^{n+o(n)} \end{align*}$$
for every 
 $0\leq k \leq K \varepsilon n$
 and every
$0\leq k \leq K \varepsilon n$
 and every 
 $0<\varepsilon \leq \frac {1}{2K}$
. Therefore, for some positive constant
$0<\varepsilon \leq \frac {1}{2K}$
. Therefore, for some positive constant 
 $t_4$
 depending on
$t_4$
 depending on 
 $t_1$
,
$t_1$
, 
 $t_2$
,
$t_2$
, 
 $t_3$
 and K,
$t_3$
 and K, 
 $$\begin{align*}\Sigma_n(R) \leq \sum_{k=0}^{\lfloor K \varepsilon n \rfloor}R^{(1-K \varepsilon) n} t_4^{\varepsilon n} r^{n-k} \left(\frac{1}{(K\varepsilon)^{K\varepsilon}(1-K\varepsilon)^{1-K\varepsilon}}\right)^{n+o(n)}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Sigma_n(R) \leq \sum_{k=0}^{\lfloor K \varepsilon n \rfloor}R^{(1-K \varepsilon) n} t_4^{\varepsilon n} r^{n-k} \left(\frac{1}{(K\varepsilon)^{K\varepsilon}(1-K\varepsilon)^{1-K\varepsilon}}\right)^{n+o(n)}. \end{align*}$$
 It is possible to choose 
 $0<\varepsilon \leq \frac {1}{2K}$
 to be small enough so that
$0<\varepsilon \leq \frac {1}{2K}$
 to be small enough so that 
 $$\begin{align*}\frac{2^{\varepsilon} t_4^{\varepsilon} r^{1-k/n}}{R^{K\varepsilon}(K\varepsilon)^{K\varepsilon}(1-K\varepsilon)^{1-K\varepsilon}} \leq \frac{1}{R} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\frac{2^{\varepsilon} t_4^{\varepsilon} r^{1-k/n}}{R^{K\varepsilon}(K\varepsilon)^{K\varepsilon}(1-K\varepsilon)^{1-K\varepsilon}} \leq \frac{1}{R} \end{align*}$$
holds for n large enough because the left side goes to r as 
 $\varepsilon $
 tends to
$\varepsilon $
 tends to 
 $0$
. Hence, we obtain
$0$
. Hence, we obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}\Sigma_n(R) \leq (K\varepsilon n +1) R^{(1-K \varepsilon) n} 2^{-\varepsilon n} R^{K\varepsilon n} R^{-n+o(n)} \leq 2^{-\varepsilon n+o(n)}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Sigma_n(R) \leq (K\varepsilon n +1) R^{(1-K \varepsilon) n} 2^{-\varepsilon n} R^{K\varepsilon n} R^{-n+o(n)} \leq 2^{-\varepsilon n+o(n)}, \end{align*}$$
as desired.
 Let us next bound 
 $\Lambda _n^1(R)$
. Our aim is to estimate
$\Lambda _n^1(R)$
. Our aim is to estimate 
 $\sum _{(A_e)\in \mathcal {M}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)} R^{\left \lVert (A_e)\right \rVert }$
 for a certain length
$\sum _{(A_e)\in \mathcal {M}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)} R^{\left \lVert (A_e)\right \rVert }$
 for a certain length 
 $L_0$
. Let
$L_0$
. Let 
 $p=2^{-{4/\varepsilon }}$
 and note that there exists a constant
$p=2^{-{4/\varepsilon }}$
 and note that there exists a constant 
 $L_0>0$
 such that
$L_0>0$
 such that 
 $$\begin{align*}\sum_{\substack{A \; c'\text{-completion}\\\left\lVert A\right\rVert\geq L_0}} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}\leq p F_{c'}(R). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sum_{\substack{A \; c'\text{-completion}\\\left\lVert A\right\rVert\geq L_0}} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}\leq p F_{c'}(R). \end{align*}$$
for every 
 $c'\in \mathcal {U}$
.
$c'\in \mathcal {U}$
.
 For a fixed 
 $H \subseteq \mathrm {nb}(A,t)\setminus \{x\}$
 with
$H \subseteq \mathrm {nb}(A,t)\setminus \{x\}$
 with 
 $|H| \geq \varepsilon n/2$
, we have
$|H| \geq \varepsilon n/2$
, we have 
 $$\begin{align*}\sum_{\substack{(A_e)\in \mathcal{M}(A,\varepsilon,n,L_0)\\ \left\lVert A_e\right\rVert\geq L_0 \text{ for } e \in H}} R^{\left\lVert(A_e)\right\rVert} \leq p^{\varepsilon n/2} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus\{x\}}F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sum_{\substack{(A_e)\in \mathcal{M}(A,\varepsilon,n,L_0)\\ \left\lVert A_e\right\rVert\geq L_0 \text{ for } e \in H}} R^{\left\lVert(A_e)\right\rVert} \leq p^{\varepsilon n/2} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus\{x\}}F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align*}$$
Each 
 $(A_e)\in \mathcal {M}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
 by definition satisfies
$(A_e)\in \mathcal {M}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
 by definition satisfies 
 $\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert \geq L_0$
 for at least
$\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert \geq L_0$
 for at least 
 $\varepsilon n/2$
 arcs
$\varepsilon n/2$
 arcs 
 $e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
. Summing over all possible H yields
$e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
. Summing over all possible H yields 
 $$\begin{align*}\sum_{(A_e)\in \mathcal{M}(A,\varepsilon,n,L_0)} R^{\left\lVert(A_e)\right\rVert}\leq 2^n p^{\varepsilon n/2} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus\{x\}}F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sum_{(A_e)\in \mathcal{M}(A,\varepsilon,n,L_0)} R^{\left\lVert(A_e)\right\rVert}\leq 2^n p^{\varepsilon n/2} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus\{x\}}F_{C(e)}(R). \end{align*}$$
It follows that
 $$ \begin{align*} \begin{split} \Lambda_n^1(R) \leq 2^n p^{\varepsilon n/2} \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus\{x\}}F_{C(e)}(R) \leq 2^n p^{\varepsilon n/2} F_c(R) \leq 2^{-n}F_c(R). \end{split} \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \begin{split} \Lambda_n^1(R) \leq 2^n p^{\varepsilon n/2} \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} R^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,t) \setminus\{x\}}F_{C(e)}(R) \leq 2^n p^{\varepsilon n/2} F_c(R) \leq 2^{-n}F_c(R). \end{split} \end{align*} $$
 Finally, we find an upper bound for 
 $\Lambda _n^2(R)$
. To this end, we employ a similar strategy as in Lemma 6.6.
$\Lambda _n^2(R)$
. To this end, we employ a similar strategy as in Lemma 6.6.
 For 
 $e_0 \in E(T)$
, Proposition 3.8 yields an arc
$e_0 \in E(T)$
, Proposition 3.8 yields an arc 
 $f_0 \in E(K_{e_0})$
 in the orbit of
$f_0 \in E(K_{e_0})$
 in the orbit of 
 $\bar e_0$
 such that
$\bar e_0$
 such that 
 $e_0$
 and
$e_0$
 and 
 $f_0$
 are linkable. Let
$f_0$
 are linkable. Let 
 $M=d_G(\mathcal {V}(e_0),\mathcal {V}(f_0))$
 and let
$M=d_G(\mathcal {V}(e_0),\mathcal {V}(f_0))$
 and let 
 $M'= d_T(e_0,f_0)$
. We choose
$M'= d_T(e_0,f_0)$
. We choose 
 $f_0$
 such that
$f_0$
 such that 
 $M> L_0$
.
$M> L_0$
.
 For a c-completion 
 $A = (P,C)$
, we denote by
$A = (P,C)$
, we denote by 
 $A_S$
 and
$A_S$
 and 
 $A_e$
 the restrictions of A to S and
$A_e$
 the restrictions of A to S and 
 $K_{\bar e}$
, respectively. Assume that we are given a c-completion A such that
$K_{\bar e}$
, respectively. Assume that we are given a c-completion A such that 
 $A_S \in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 and
$A_S \in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 and 
 $(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\in \mathcal {F}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
 and let
$(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\in \mathcal {F}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
 and let 
 $w=\varphi (A)$
 be the walk represented by A. Consider the set of arcs
$w=\varphi (A)$
 be the walk represented by A. Consider the set of arcs 
 $e\in \mathrm {nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}$
 such that
$e\in \mathrm {nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}$
 such that 
 $\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert < L_0$
. As in the proof of Lemma 6.6 we can find a subset
$\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert < L_0$
. As in the proof of Lemma 6.6 we can find a subset 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of these arcs of size at least
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of these arcs of size at least 
 $m := \lfloor \varepsilon ' n \rfloor $
 for some
$m := \lfloor \varepsilon ' n \rfloor $
 for some 
 $0<\varepsilon '<\varepsilon /2$
 such that
$0<\varepsilon '<\varepsilon /2$
 such that 
 $d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),\mathcal {V}(f))> 2 M+ 2 D$
 for distinct
$d_G(\mathcal {V}(e),\mathcal {V}(f))> 2 M+ 2 D$
 for distinct 
 $e,f \in \mathcal {B}(w)$
, where D is the diameter of the adhesion sets. Indeed, since
$e,f \in \mathcal {B}(w)$
, where D is the diameter of the adhesion sets. Indeed, since 
 $A_S \in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
, there are
$A_S \in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
, there are 
 $\varepsilon n$
 arcs
$\varepsilon n$
 arcs 
 $e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
 for which
$e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}$
 for which 
 $C(e)$
 is nonboring, and since
$C(e)$
 is nonboring, and since 
 $(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\in \mathcal {F}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
 at most
$(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\in \mathcal {F}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
 at most 
 $\varepsilon n /2$
 of these arcs satisfy
$\varepsilon n /2$
 of these arcs satisfy 
 $\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert \geq L_0$
. For each of these arcs,
$\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert \geq L_0$
. For each of these arcs, 
 $C(e)$
 is nonboring, and thus contains at least one virtual edge because
$C(e)$
 is nonboring, and thus contains at least one virtual edge because 
 $c \in \mathcal U$
 and hence
$c \in \mathcal U$
 and hence 
 $X(e) = Y(e)$
. Thus
$X(e) = Y(e)$
. Thus 
 $P(t)$
 contains at least one virtual edge in
$P(t)$
 contains at least one virtual edge in 
 $\mathcal {E}(e)$
 for each such edge e, and therefore at least
$\mathcal {E}(e)$
 for each such edge e, and therefore at least 
 $\varepsilon n/2$
 vertices of the walk w lie in adhesion sets
$\varepsilon n/2$
 vertices of the walk w lie in adhesion sets 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 for
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 for 
 $e\in \mathrm {nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}$
 such that
$e\in \mathrm {nb}(A,t) \setminus \{x\}$
 such that 
 $\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert < L_0$
, and the
$\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert < L_0$
, and the 
 $(2M+2D)$
-ball around each such vertex covers only a constant number of other vertices.
$(2M+2D)$
-ball around each such vertex covers only a constant number of other vertices.
 Let 
 $\varepsilon "\in (0,1)$
 be a constant to be defined. Consider a subset H of
$\varepsilon "\in (0,1)$
 be a constant to be defined. Consider a subset H of 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality 
 $k:=\lfloor \varepsilon " m \rfloor $
. Each
$k:=\lfloor \varepsilon " m \rfloor $
. Each 
 $e\in H$
 either lies in the orbit of
$e\in H$
 either lies in the orbit of 
 $e_0$
 or in the orbit of
$e_0$
 or in the orbit of 
 $f_0$
. If there is
$f_0$
. If there is 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that 
 $\gamma e_0 = e$
, then we choose
$\gamma e_0 = e$
, then we choose 
 $f(e,w) = \gamma f_0$
. Otherwise there is
$f(e,w) = \gamma f_0$
. Otherwise there is 
 $\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that
$\gamma \in \Gamma $
 such that 
 $\gamma f_0 = e$
 and we choose
$\gamma f_0 = e$
 and we choose 
 $f(e,w) = \gamma e_0$
. Note that
$f(e,w) = \gamma e_0$
. Note that 
 $M> L_0$
 and the choice of e such that
$M> L_0$
 and the choice of e such that 
 $\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert < L_0$
 implies that
$\left \lVert A_e\right \rVert < L_0$
 implies that 
 $0 < d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(f(e,w))) < M+D$
. Choose a vertex
$0 < d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(f(e,w))) < M+D$
. Choose a vertex 
 $u_e=u_e(w)$
 of w such that
$u_e=u_e(w)$
 of w such that 
 $d_G(u_e,\mathcal {V}(f(e,w)))=d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(f(e,w)))$
. The walk w induces an order on the vertices
$d_G(u_e,\mathcal {V}(f(e,w)))=d_G(w,\mathcal {V}(f(e,w)))$
. The walk w induces an order on the vertices 
 $\{u_e\mid e \in H\}$
, denote them by
$\{u_e\mid e \in H\}$
, denote them by 
 $u_1, \dots , u_k$
. This order induces an order on H, denoted by
$u_1, \dots , u_k$
. This order induces an order on H, denoted by 
 $e_1,\dots ,e_k$
, and consequently also on the arcs
$e_1,\dots ,e_k$
, and consequently also on the arcs 
 $\{f(e,w)\mid e \in H\}$
 which we denote by
$\{f(e,w)\mid e \in H\}$
 which we denote by 
 $f_1, \dots , f_k$
. As in Lemma 6.6, we successively apply Construction 6.4 to w. Let
$f_1, \dots , f_k$
. As in Lemma 6.6, we successively apply Construction 6.4 to w. Let 
 $w_1(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{f_1}(w)$
 be a reflection-extension of w through
$w_1(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{f_1}(w)$
 be a reflection-extension of w through 
 $f_1$
 with splitting point
$f_1$
 with splitting point 
 $u_1$
 and let
$u_1$
 and let 
 $g_1$
 be the automorphism applied to the second part of w in the reflection-extension process.
$g_1$
 be the automorphism applied to the second part of w in the reflection-extension process.
 Consider the second element 
 $f_2\in H$
, and note that
$f_2\in H$
, and note that 
 $g_1(u_2)$
 minimises
$g_1(u_2)$
 minimises 
 $d_G(v, \mathcal {V}(g_1(f_2)))$
 among the vertices v of
$d_G(v, \mathcal {V}(g_1(f_2)))$
 among the vertices v of 
 $w_1(H)$
, since
$w_1(H)$
, since 
 $$\begin{align*}d_G\left(\mathcal{V}(g_1(f_1)),\mathcal{V}(g_1(f_2))\right)>2M+2D. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}d_G\left(\mathcal{V}(g_1(f_1)),\mathcal{V}(g_1(f_2))\right)>2M+2D. \end{align*}$$
Thus there is a reflection-extension 
 $w_2(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{g_1(f_2)}(w_1(H))$
 of
$w_2(H) \in \mathrm {Refl}_{g_1(f_2)}(w_1(H))$
 of 
 $w_1(H)$
 through
$w_1(H)$
 through 
 $g_1(f_2)$
 with splitting point
$g_1(f_2)$
 with splitting point 
 $g_1(u_2)$
. Continuing in this way, we obtain a sequence of SAWs
$g_1(u_2)$
. Continuing in this way, we obtain a sequence of SAWs 
 $w_1(H),\ldots ,w_k(H)$
.
$w_1(H),\ldots ,w_k(H)$
.
 Letting H vary over all possible subsets of 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality k, we obtain a map
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of cardinality k, we obtain a map 
 $(w,H) \mapsto w_k(H)$
. We claim that this map is injective. Indeed, note first that the set H can be reconstructed uniquely from
$(w,H) \mapsto w_k(H)$
. We claim that this map is injective. Indeed, note first that the set H can be reconstructed uniquely from 
 $w_k(H)$
. The arc
$w_k(H)$
. The arc 
 $e_1$
 is the unique arc in
$e_1$
 is the unique arc in 
 $E(t)$
 such that the configuration defined by
$E(t)$
 such that the configuration defined by 
 $w_k(H)$
 on
$w_k(H)$
 on 
 $e_1$
 is an I-configuration. Then, up to orientation,
$e_1$
 is an I-configuration. Then, up to orientation, 
 $f_1$
 is the unique arc of
$f_1$
 is the unique arc of 
 $K_{\bar e_1}$
 such that
$K_{\bar e_1}$
 such that 
 $d_G(\mathcal {V}(e_1),\mathcal {V}(f_1))=M$
 and
$d_G(\mathcal {V}(e_1),\mathcal {V}(f_1))=M$
 and 
 $w_k(H)$
 visits
$w_k(H)$
 visits 
 $\mathcal {V}(f_1)$
. This also defines uniquely the map
$\mathcal {V}(f_1)$
. This also defines uniquely the map 
 $g_{1}$
 used in the reflection-extension process. Similarly
$g_{1}$
 used in the reflection-extension process. Similarly 
 $g_1(e_2)$
 is the unique arc in
$g_1(e_2)$
 is the unique arc in 
 $E(g_1(t)) \setminus \{e_1\}$
 such that the configuration defined by
$E(g_1(t)) \setminus \{e_1\}$
 such that the configuration defined by 
 $w_k(H)$
 on
$w_k(H)$
 on 
 $g_1(e_2)$
 is an I-configuration. Proceeding in this way, we see that H is uniquely given by
$g_1(e_2)$
 is an I-configuration. Proceeding in this way, we see that H is uniquely given by 
 $w_k(H)$
. But then the claim is a consequence of Lemma 6.5.
$w_k(H)$
. But then the claim is a consequence of Lemma 6.5.
 Note that each time we apply the local modification, the length of the SAW we obtain increases by at most 
 $\ell $
, where
$\ell $
, where 
 $\ell>0$
 is a uniform constant, hence
$\ell>0$
 is a uniform constant, hence 
 $\left \lvert w_k(H)\right \rvert \leq \left \lvert w\right \rvert +k\ell $
. Therefore,
$\left \lvert w_k(H)\right \rvert \leq \left \lvert w\right \rvert +k\ell $
. Therefore, 
 $$\begin{align*}\Lambda_n^2(R) = \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} \sum_{(A_{e})\in \mathcal{F}(A,\varepsilon,n,L)} R^{\left\lvert w\right\rvert} \leq \frac{1}{\binom{m}{k}R^{k\ell} } \sum_{(w,H)} R^{\left\lvert w_k(H)\right\rvert}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Lambda_n^2(R) = \sum_{A\in \mathcal{L}(c,\varepsilon,n)} \sum_{(A_{e})\in \mathcal{F}(A,\varepsilon,n,L)} R^{\left\lvert w\right\rvert} \leq \frac{1}{\binom{m}{k}R^{k\ell} } \sum_{(w,H)} R^{\left\lvert w_k(H)\right\rvert}. \end{align*}$$
where the sum index 
 $(w,H)$
 ranges over the set of all walks w represented by a c-completion A such that
$(w,H)$
 ranges over the set of all walks w represented by a c-completion A such that 
 $A_S \in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 and
$A_S \in \mathcal {L}(c,\varepsilon ,n)$
 and 
 $(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\in \mathcal {F}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
, and all possible choices of subsets H of
$(A_e)_{e\in E(S)\setminus \{x\}}\in \mathcal {F}(A,\varepsilon ,n,L_0)$
, and all possible choices of subsets H of 
 $\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of size k.
$\mathcal {B}(w)$
 of size k.
 Each walk 
 $w_k(H)$
 is a self-avoiding walk starting at
$w_k(H)$
 is a self-avoiding walk starting at 
 $\mathcal {V}(x)$
, and ending at
$\mathcal {V}(x)$
, and ending at 
 $\mathcal {V}(x')$
, where
$\mathcal {V}(x')$
, where 
 $x'=(g_k \circ \dots \circ g_1)(x)$
. Note that
$x'=(g_k \circ \dots \circ g_1)(x)$
. Note that 
 $g_1, \dots , g_k$
, and thus also
$g_1, \dots , g_k$
, and thus also 
 $x'$
, depend on H. By Theorem 4.14 there is a representation
$x'$
, depend on H. By Theorem 4.14 there is a representation 
 $A_H=(P_H,C_H)$
 of
$A_H=(P_H,C_H)$
 of 
 $w_k(H)$
 such that
$w_k(H)$
 such that 
 $X_H(x)=x$
 and
$X_H(x)=x$
 and 
 $Y_H(x')=x'$
. Note also that by construction
$Y_H(x')=x'$
. Note also that by construction 
 $C_H(x)$
 and
$C_H(x)$
 and 
 $C_H(x')$
 are simple configurations because w meets
$C_H(x')$
 are simple configurations because w meets 
 $\mathcal {V}(x)$
 only in its endpoints. Observe that the distance of x and
$\mathcal {V}(x)$
 only in its endpoints. Observe that the distance of x and 
 $x'$
 is
$x'$
 is 
 $2 k M' + k N'+k+1$
 because for every
$2 k M' + k N'+k+1$
 because for every 
 $i=1, \dots , k$
 the distance of
$i=1, \dots , k$
 the distance of 
 $e_i$
 and
$e_i$
 and 
 $f_i$
 is
$f_i$
 is 
 $M'$
 and the distance of
$M'$
 and the distance of 
 $f_i$
 and
$f_i$
 and 
 $g_i (f_i)$
 is
$g_i (f_i)$
 is 
 $N'$
. Thus the arrangement
$N'$
. Thus the arrangement 
 $A_H$
 is counted in some entry of
$A_H$
 is counted in some entry of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_p(R)^{k (2M' + N'+ 1) + 1}$
. We obtain
$\mathfrak {J}_p(R)^{k (2M' + N'+ 1) + 1}$
. We obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}\sum_{(w,H)} R^{\left\lvert w_k(H)\right\rvert}\leq \left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_p(R)^{k (2M' + N'+ 1) + 1}\right\rVert_1 \leq e^{t_5 k} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sum_{(w,H)} R^{\left\lvert w_k(H)\right\rvert}\leq \left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_p(R)^{k (2M' + N'+ 1) + 1}\right\rVert_1 \leq e^{t_5 k} \end{align*}$$
for some constant 
 $t_5$
.
$t_5$
.
 Using the bound (6.1) for the binomial coefficient, we see that we can choose 
 $\varepsilon "$
 small enough so that
$\varepsilon "$
 small enough so that 
 $$\begin{align*}\Lambda_n^2(R) \leq \frac{e^{t_5k}}{\binom{m}{k}R^{k\ell} } \leq e^{-\varepsilon" m+o(m)}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Lambda_n^2(R) \leq \frac{e^{t_5k}}{\binom{m}{k}R^{k\ell} } \leq e^{-\varepsilon" m+o(m)}, \end{align*}$$
Since 
 $m = \lfloor \varepsilon ' n \rfloor $
, the desired assertion follows readily.
$m = \lfloor \varepsilon ' n \rfloor $
, the desired assertion follows readily.
Proposition 6.2 can be now proved in a similar way.
Proof of Proposition 6.2.
 For 
 $c,c'\in \mathcal {I}_p$
, the analyticity of
$c,c'\in \mathcal {I}_p$
, the analyticity of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 can be proved by arguing as in Proposition 6.1. Indeed, we can split
$\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(z,\mathbf {y})$
 can be proved by arguing as in Proposition 6.1. Indeed, we can split 
 $\Phi _n(R)$
 into three sums
$\Phi _n(R)$
 into three sums 
 $\Sigma _n(R)$
,
$\Sigma _n(R)$
, 
 $\Lambda ^1_n(R)$
 and
$\Lambda ^1_n(R)$
 and 
 $\Lambda ^2_n(R)$
, where each of them can be handled in the same way. We emphasise that this is indeed the case for
$\Lambda ^2_n(R)$
, where each of them can be handled in the same way. We emphasise that this is indeed the case for 
 $\Lambda ^2_n(R)$
 because of our assumption that
$\Lambda ^2_n(R)$
 because of our assumption that 
 $c,c'\in \mathcal {I}_p$
, which allows us to obtain an arrangement that contributes to
$c,c'\in \mathcal {I}_p$
, which allows us to obtain an arrangement that contributes to 
 $\mathfrak {J}_p(R)^N$
, for some
$\mathfrak {J}_p(R)^N$
, for some 
 $N>0$
, after applying a successive application of our construction.
$N>0$
, after applying a successive application of our construction.
 In general, for 
 $c=(q,x,y),c'=(q',x',y')\in \mathcal {I}$
, we can decompose q and
$c=(q,x,y),c'=(q',x',y')\in \mathcal {I}$
, we can decompose q and 
 $q'$
 into subpaths
$q'$
 into subpaths 
 $q_1$
 and
$q_1$
 and 
 $q_2$
, and
$q_2$
, and 
 $q_1'$
 and
$q_1'$
 and 
 $q_2'$
, respectively, such that
$q_2'$
, respectively, such that 
 $c_1=(q_1,x,y)$
 and
$c_1=(q_1,x,y)$
 and 
 $c_1'=(q_1',x',y')$
 are simple configurations and
$c_1'=(q_1',x',y')$
 are simple configurations and 
 $c_2=(q_2,x,x),c_2'=(q_2', \bar {x}',\bar {x}')$
 are U-configurations. Then for
$c_2=(q_2,x,x),c_2'=(q_2', \bar {x}',\bar {x}')$
 are U-configurations. Then for 
 $(z,\mathbf {y})=((1+\delta )R,(1+\delta )\mathbf {F}(R))$
$(z,\mathbf {y})=((1+\delta )R,(1+\delta )\mathbf {F}(R))$
 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{J}_{c,c'}(z,\mathbf{y})\leq \mathfrak{J}_{c_1,c^{\prime}_1}(z,\mathbf{y}) P_{c_2}(z,\mathbf{y}) P_{c_2'}(z,\mathbf{y}),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{J}_{c,c'}(z,\mathbf{y})\leq \mathfrak{J}_{c_1,c^{\prime}_1}(z,\mathbf{y}) P_{c_2}(z,\mathbf{y}) P_{c_2'}(z,\mathbf{y}),\end{align*}$$
and each term in the product is finite for some 
 $\delta>0$
 sufficiently small.
$\delta>0$
 sufficiently small.
7 Spectral radius and radius of convergence
 Our goal in this section is to show that 
 $R < r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 for every U-component
$R < r_{\mathcal {K}}$
 for every U-component 
 $\mathcal {K}$
. Our approach loosely follows Alm and Janson [Reference Alm and Janson1] of decomposing U-configurations into smaller U-configurations and pairs of I-configurations. In order to formalise this approach we first need a few definitions.
$\mathcal {K}$
. Our approach loosely follows Alm and Janson [Reference Alm and Janson1] of decomposing U-configurations into smaller U-configurations and pairs of I-configurations. In order to formalise this approach we first need a few definitions.
 A pair configuration is a pair 
 $(c_1,c_2)$
 of persistent I-configurations
$(c_1,c_2)$
 of persistent I-configurations 
 $c_1=(q_1,x_1,y_1), c_2=(q_2,x_2,y_2) \in \mathcal {I}_p$
 such that
$c_1=(q_1,x_1,y_1), c_2=(q_2,x_2,y_2) \in \mathcal {I}_p$
 such that 
 $x_1 = x_2$
; we write
$x_1 = x_2$
; we write 
 $\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}=\{(c_1,c_2) \in \mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p: {x_1}={x_2}\}$
 for the set of all pair configurations.
$\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}=\{(c_1,c_2) \in \mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p: {x_1}={x_2}\}$
 for the set of all pair configurations.
 Let 
 $(c_1,c_2)$
 and
$(c_1,c_2)$
 and 
 $(c_1',c_2')$
 be pair configurations. A
$(c_1',c_2')$
 be pair configurations. A 
 $(c_1,c_2)$
–
$(c_1,c_2)$
–
 $(c_1',c_2')$
-completion is a pair
$(c_1',c_2')$
-completion is a pair 
 $(A_1,A_2)$
 consisting of a
$(A_1,A_2)$
 consisting of a 
 $c_1$
–
$c_1$
–
 $c_1'$
-completion
$c_1'$
-completion 
 $A_1$
 and a
$A_1$
 and a 
 $c_2$
–
$c_2$
–
 $c_2'$
-completion
$c_2'$
-completion 
 $A_2$
 having the same target arc f. The length of
$A_2$
 having the same target arc f. The length of 
 $(A_1,A_2)$
 is the length of
$(A_1,A_2)$
 is the length of 
 $A_1$
 (which equals the length of
$A_1$
 (which equals the length of 
 $A_2$
) and we call it disjoint if the walks
$A_2$
) and we call it disjoint if the walks 
 $p_1$
 and
$p_1$
 and 
 $p_2$
 represented by
$p_2$
 represented by 
 $A_1$
 and
$A_1$
 and 
 $A_2$
 are disjoint. Denote by
$A_2$
 are disjoint. Denote by 
 $\mathcal {A}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',n)$
 the set of all
$\mathcal {A}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',n)$
 the set of all 
 $(c_1,c_2)$
–
$(c_1,c_2)$
–
 $(c_1',c_2')$
-completions of length n and by
$(c_1',c_2')$
-completions of length n and by 
 $\mathcal {A}_{\mathrm {disj}}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',n)$
 the subset of those which are disjoint. We define a matrix
$\mathcal {A}_{\mathrm {disj}}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',n)$
 the subset of those which are disjoint. We define a matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 with index set
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 with index set 
 $\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}} \times \mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}$
 entry-wise by
$\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}} \times \mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}$
 entry-wise by 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}_{\mathrm{pair}}}(z))_{(c_1,c_2),(c_1',c_2')}=\sum_{(A_1,A_2) \in \mathcal{A}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',1)} z^{\left\lVert A_1\right\rVert+\left\lVert A_2\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}_{\mathrm{pair}}}(z))_{(c_1,c_2),(c_1',c_2')}=\sum_{(A_1,A_2) \in \mathcal{A}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',1)} z^{\left\lVert A_1\right\rVert+\left\lVert A_2\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
 Like in the case of single configurations, we define a dependency digraph 
 $D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
 for pair configurations. Its vertex set is
$D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
 for pair configurations. Its vertex set is 
 $\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}$
 and we have an arc from
$\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}$
 and we have an arc from 
 $(c_1,c_2)$
 to
$(c_1,c_2)$
 to 
 $(c_1',c_2')$
 if the entry at position
$(c_1',c_2')$
 if the entry at position 
 $(c_1,c_2),(c_1',c_2')$
 in the matrix
$(c_1,c_2),(c_1',c_2')$
 in the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 is nonzero.
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 is nonzero.
 A pair configuration 
 $(c_1,c_2)$
 is called simple if both
$(c_1,c_2)$
 is called simple if both 
 $c_1$
 and
$c_1$
 and 
 $c_2$
 are simple. It is called persistent, if it lies on a walk connecting two simple pair configurations in
$c_2$
 are simple. It is called persistent, if it lies on a walk connecting two simple pair configurations in 
 $D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
. The set of persistent pair configurations is denoted by
$D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
. The set of persistent pair configurations is denoted by 
 $\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
. Note that while every persistent pair configuration consists of two persistent I-configurations, the converse is not necessarily true. This is due to the fact that a
$\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
. Note that while every persistent pair configuration consists of two persistent I-configurations, the converse is not necessarily true. This is due to the fact that a 
 $c_1$
–
$c_1$
–
 $c_1'$
-completion
$c_1'$
-completion 
 $A_1$
 and a
$A_1$
 and a 
 $c_2$
–
$c_2$
–
 $c_2'$
-completion
$c_2'$
-completion 
 $A_2$
 might have the same source arc but different target arcs.
$A_2$
 might have the same source arc but different target arcs.
 Finally we define the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 with index set
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 with index set 
 $\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p} \times \mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
 entry-wise by
$\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p} \times \mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
 entry-wise by 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z))_{(c_1,c_2),(c_1',c_2')}=\sum_{(A_1,A_2) \in \mathcal{A}_{\mathrm{disj}}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',1)} z^{\left\lVert A_1\right\rVert+\left\lVert A_2\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z))_{(c_1,c_2),(c_1',c_2')}=\sum_{(A_1,A_2) \in \mathcal{A}_{\mathrm{disj}}(c_1,c_2,c_1',c_2',1)} z^{\left\lVert A_1\right\rVert+\left\lVert A_2\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
Denote by 
 $\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 the spectral radius of
$\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 the spectral radius of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
.
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
.
Lemma 7.1. For every 
 $z\in (0,R]$
,
$z\in (0,R]$
, 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 has finite entries and furthermore, we have
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 has finite entries and furthermore, we have 
 $\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)< \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
.
$\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)< \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
.
Proof. We start by noting that for 
 $z \geq 0$
, all matrices considered in this proof are non-negative, so whenever we restrict the index set or reduce some entries of a matrix, the spectral radius of the resulting matrix must be smaller than or equal to the spectral radius of the original matrix.
$z \geq 0$
, all matrices considered in this proof are non-negative, so whenever we restrict the index set or reduce some entries of a matrix, the spectral radius of the resulting matrix must be smaller than or equal to the spectral radius of the original matrix.
 Consider the Kronecker product 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z) \otimes \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
. The eigenvalues of the Kronecker product of two matrices
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z) \otimes \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
. The eigenvalues of the Kronecker product of two matrices 
 $M_1$
 and
$M_1$
 and 
 $M_2$
 are precisely the products
$M_2$
 are precisely the products 
 $\lambda _1\lambda _2$
 of eigenvalues
$\lambda _1\lambda _2$
 of eigenvalues 
 $\lambda _1$
 of
$\lambda _1$
 of 
 $M_1$
 and
$M_1$
 and 
 $\lambda _2$
 of
$\lambda _2$
 of 
 $M_2$
. Therefore the spectral radius of
$M_2$
. Therefore the spectral radius of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
. By Lemma 5.8, the matrix
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
. By Lemma 5.8, the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 has finite entries; thus the same holds for
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 has finite entries; thus the same holds for 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
.
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
.
 By definition every 
 $(c_1,c_2)$
–
$(c_1,c_2)$
–
 $(c_1',c_2')$
-completion
$(c_1',c_2')$
-completion 
 $(A_1,A_2)$
 consists of a
$(A_1,A_2)$
 consists of a 
 $c_1$
–
$c_1$
–
 $c_1'$
-completion
$c_1'$
-completion 
 $A_1$
 and a
$A_1$
 and a 
 $c_2$
–
$c_2$
–
 $c_2'$
-completion
$c_2'$
-completion 
 $A_2$
, so for
$A_2$
, so for 
 $z \in (0,R]$
 all entries of the matrix
$z \in (0,R]$
 all entries of the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 are smaller than or equal to the respective entries of
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 are smaller than or equal to the respective entries of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
. We conclude that its spectral radius
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p \times \mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
. We conclude that its spectral radius 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 satisfies
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 satisfies 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
. By Lemma 5.4 all simple pair configurations are contained in the same strong component of
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
. By Lemma 5.4 all simple pair configurations are contained in the same strong component of 
 $D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
, so the set
$D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
, so the set 
 $\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
 of persistent pair configurations is a strong component of
$\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
 of persistent pair configurations is a strong component of 
 $D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
. In particular for
$D_{\mathrm {pair}}$
. In particular for 
 $z> 0$
 the submatrix
$z> 0$
 the submatrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
 of
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
 of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 obtained by restricting the index set to
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
 obtained by restricting the index set to 
 $\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
 is irreducible. Finally, the entries of the matrix
$\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}$
 is irreducible. Finally, the entries of the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 are smaller than or equal to the respective entries of
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 are smaller than or equal to the respective entries of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
 with strict inequality for some entries, for instance the diagonal entries. Combining the irreducibility of
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
 with strict inequality for some entries, for instance the diagonal entries. Combining the irreducibility of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
 with the latter fact, and using [Reference Schaefer43, Corollary, p. 22], we obtain that
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
 with the latter fact, and using [Reference Schaefer43, Corollary, p. 22], we obtain that 
 $\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 is strictly smaller than the spectral radius of
$\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
 is strictly smaller than the spectral radius of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
. Since the latter spectral radius is at most
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair},p}}(z)$
. Since the latter spectral radius is at most 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
, we can now conclude that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z)$
, we can now conclude that 
 $\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z) < \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
, as desired.
$\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z) < \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_{\mathrm {pair}}}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)^2$
, as desired.
 To simplify notation let 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {U}}(z):=\max \{\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z) \mid \mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U} \text { strong component of }D\}$
 and let
$\lambda _{\mathcal {U}}(z):=\max \{\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z) \mid \mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U} \text { strong component of }D\}$
 and let 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(z):=\max \{\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z) \mid \mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {I}_t \text { strong component of} D\}$
. In what follows, we use Gelfand’s formula which states that the spectral radius
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(z):=\max \{\lambda _{\mathcal {K}}(z) \mid \mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {I}_t \text { strong component of} D\}$
. In what follows, we use Gelfand’s formula which states that the spectral radius 
 $\lambda _A$
 of a matrix A satisfies
$\lambda _A$
 of a matrix A satisfies 
 $\lambda _A=\lim _{n\to \infty } \left \lVert A^n\right \rVert ^{1/n}$
 for any matrix norm
$\lambda _A=\lim _{n\to \infty } \left \lVert A^n\right \rVert ^{1/n}$
 for any matrix norm 
 $\left \lVert \cdot \right \rVert $
.
$\left \lVert \cdot \right \rVert $
.
Lemma 7.2. For every 
 $z\in (0,R]$
 we have
$z\in (0,R]$
 we have 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {U}}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
.
$\lambda _{\mathcal {U}}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
.
Proof. Let 
 $\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U}$
 be a strong component of D. Let
$\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U}$
 be a strong component of D. Let 
 $c,c^{\prime }$
 be two configurations in
$c,c^{\prime }$
 be two configurations in 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 and recall that
$\mathcal {K}$
 and recall that 
 $\mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 denotes the set of c–
$\mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 denotes the set of c–
 $c'$
-completions of length n. Then
$c'$
-completions of length n. Then 
 $$ \begin{align} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align} $$
 By Corollary 3.4 there is a constant 
 $N'$
 such that
$N'$
 such that 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)=\emptyset $
 whenever
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)=\emptyset $
 whenever 
 $d_T(e,f) \geq N'$
 holds for two edges
$d_T(e,f) \geq N'$
 holds for two edges 
 $e,f \in E(T)$
. Let
$e,f \in E(T)$
. Let 
 $A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 for some
$A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 for some 
 $n \geq N'$
, let S be the support of A and let
$n \geq N'$
, let S be the support of A and let 
 $\iota $
 and
$\iota $
 and 
 $\tau $
 be source and target arc of A, respectively. The arrangement A represents a unique SAW
$\tau $
 be source and target arc of A, respectively. The arrangement A represents a unique SAW 
 $\varphi (A)$
 on
$\varphi (A)$
 on 
 $\mathcal {G}(S)$
 starting and ending in
$\mathcal {G}(S)$
 starting and ending in 
 $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
. Let
$\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
. Let 
 $v_0,v_1, \dots , v_k$
 be the sequence of vertices of
$v_0,v_1, \dots , v_k$
 be the sequence of vertices of 
 $\varphi (A)$
 contained in at least one of
$\varphi (A)$
 contained in at least one of 
 $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
 and
$\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
, ordered by their appearance in
$\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
, ordered by their appearance in 
 $\varphi (A)$
. We decompose
$\varphi (A)$
. We decompose 
 $\varphi (A)$
 as
$\varphi (A)$
 as 
 $$\begin{align*}\varphi(A) = v_0w_1v_1w_2v_3\dots w_k v_k, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\varphi(A) = v_0w_1v_1w_2v_3\dots w_k v_k, \end{align*}$$
in other words, 
 $w_i$
 is the sub-walk of
$w_i$
 is the sub-walk of 
 $\varphi (A)$
 starting at
$\varphi (A)$
 starting at 
 $v_{i-1}$
 and ending at
$v_{i-1}$
 and ending at 
 $v_i$
. Denote by K the size of an adhesion set of the tree decomposition. Then the number of sub-walks k is bounded from above by
$v_i$
. Denote by K the size of an adhesion set of the tree decomposition. Then the number of sub-walks k is bounded from above by 
 $2K$
. We call a walk
$2K$
. We call a walk 
 $w_i$
 virtual if it contains only a single arc and this arc is contained in
$w_i$
 virtual if it contains only a single arc and this arc is contained in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\iota )$
 or
$\mathcal {E}(\iota )$
 or 
 $\mathcal {E}(\tau )$
, and nonvirtual otherwise. Then each nonvirtual
$\mathcal {E}(\tau )$
, and nonvirtual otherwise. Then each nonvirtual 
 $w_i$
 belongs to one of four possible classes:
$w_i$
 belongs to one of four possible classes: 
- 
(i)  $w_i$
 starts and ends in $w_i$
 starts and ends in $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
, $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
,
- 
(ii)  $w_i$
 starts and ends in $w_i$
 starts and ends in $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
, $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
,
- 
(iii)  $w_i$
 starts in $w_i$
 starts in $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
 and ends in $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
 and ends in $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
, $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
,
- 
(iv)  $w_i$
 starts in $w_i$
 starts in $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
 and ends in $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
 and ends in $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
. $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
.
Observe that the number of walks of class (iii) coincides with the number of walks of class (iv) because 
 $\varphi (A)$
 starts and ends in
$\varphi (A)$
 starts and ends in 
 $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
. Hence, we can group them into pairs, each consisting of a walk of class (iii) and a walk of class (iv). Denote by
$\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
. Hence, we can group them into pairs, each consisting of a walk of class (iii) and a walk of class (iv). Denote by 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_1$
,
${\mathcal {W}}_1$
, 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_2$
 and
${\mathcal {W}}_2$
 and 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 the sets of walks
${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 the sets of walks 
 $w_i$
 of class (i), class (ii) and the set of pairs
$w_i$
 of class (i), class (ii) and the set of pairs 
 $(w_i,w_j)$
 of classes (iii) and (iv), respectively. For technical reasons, pairs
$(w_i,w_j)$
 of classes (iii) and (iv), respectively. For technical reasons, pairs 
 $(w_i,w_j)$
 such that the final vertex of
$(w_i,w_j)$
 such that the final vertex of 
 $w_i$
 coincides with the initial vertex of
$w_i$
 coincides with the initial vertex of 
 $w_j$
 (that is,
$w_j$
 (that is, 
 $j=i+1$
) are not added to
$j=i+1$
) are not added to 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_3$
; instead, their concatenation is included in
${\mathcal {W}}_3$
; instead, their concatenation is included in 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_1$
.
${\mathcal {W}}_1$
.
 Note that 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 contains at least one pair of walks. Indeed,
${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 contains at least one pair of walks. Indeed, 
 $c'$
 is a nonboring U-configuration and thus contains at least one virtual edge in
$c'$
 is a nonboring U-configuration and thus contains at least one virtual edge in 
 $\mathcal {E}(\tau )$
 which forms a walk of class (ii) by itself. Moreover,
$\mathcal {E}(\tau )$
 which forms a walk of class (ii) by itself. Moreover, 
 $\varphi (A)$
 starts and ends in
$\varphi (A)$
 starts and ends in 
 $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
, so there is at least one walk of class (iii) before that virtual edge and at least one walk of class (iv) after it.
$\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
, so there is at least one walk of class (iii) before that virtual edge and at least one walk of class (iv) after it.
 By Theorem 4.14 each 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1$
 is represented by a
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1$
 is represented by a 
 $c_w$
-completion
$c_w$
-completion 
 $A_w$
, where
$A_w$
, where 
 $c_w$
 is a U-configuration on
$c_w$
 is a U-configuration on 
 $\iota $
. Similarly, each
$\iota $
. Similarly, each 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_2$
 is represented by a
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_2$
 is represented by a 
 $c_w$
-completion
$c_w$
-completion 
 $A_w$
, where
$A_w$
, where 
 $c_w$
 is a U-configuration on
$c_w$
 is a U-configuration on 
 $\tau $
. Finally, each pair
$\tau $
. Finally, each pair 
 $(w,w^{\prime }) \in {\mathcal {W}}_3$
 is represented by a disjoint
$(w,w^{\prime }) \in {\mathcal {W}}_3$
 is represented by a disjoint 
 $(c_w,c_{w^{\prime }})$
–
$(c_w,c_{w^{\prime }})$
–
 $(c_{w}^{\prime },c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime })$
-completion
$(c_{w}^{\prime },c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime })$
-completion 
 $(A_w,A_{w^{\prime }})$
 of length n, where
$(A_w,A_{w^{\prime }})$
 of length n, where 
 $c_w$
 and
$c_w$
 and 
 $c_{w^{\prime }}$
 are simple configurations on
$c_{w^{\prime }}$
 are simple configurations on 
 $\iota $
 and
$\iota $
 and 
 $c_w^{\prime }$
 and
$c_w^{\prime }$
 and 
 $c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime }$
 are simple configurations on
$c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime }$
 are simple configurations on 
 $\tau $
.
$\tau $
.
Note that by construction
 $$ \begin{align*} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}=\prod_{w\in{\mathcal{W}}_1} z^{\left\lVert A_w\right\rVert} \prod_{w\in{\mathcal{W}}_2} z^{\left\lVert A_w\right\rVert} \prod_{(w,w^{\prime})\in {\mathcal{W}}_3} z^{\left\lVert A_w\right\rVert+\left\lVert A_{w^{\prime}}\right\rVert}. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}=\prod_{w\in{\mathcal{W}}_1} z^{\left\lVert A_w\right\rVert} \prod_{w\in{\mathcal{W}}_2} z^{\left\lVert A_w\right\rVert} \prod_{(w,w^{\prime})\in {\mathcal{W}}_3} z^{\left\lVert A_w\right\rVert+\left\lVert A_{w^{\prime}}\right\rVert}. \end{align*} $$
Moreover, the arrangement A can be uniquely reconstructed from the pair 
 $c,c^{\prime }$
, the
$c,c^{\prime }$
, the 
 $c_w$
-completions
$c_w$
-completions 
 $A_w$
, and the
$A_w$
, and the 
 $(c_w,c_{w^{\prime }})$
–
$(c_w,c_{w^{\prime }})$
–
 $(c_{w}^{\prime },c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime })$
-completions
$(c_{w}^{\prime },c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime })$
-completions 
 $(A_w,A_{w^{\prime }})$
. Let L be the number of possible configurations on any fixed arc e. Then obviously for each
$(A_w,A_{w^{\prime }})$
. Let L be the number of possible configurations on any fixed arc e. Then obviously for each 
 $c \in \mathcal {C}$
 there are at most L configurations on e which are
$c \in \mathcal {C}$
 there are at most L configurations on e which are 
 $\Gamma $
-equivalent to c, so at most L of the configurations
$\Gamma $
-equivalent to c, so at most L of the configurations 
 $c_w$
 and
$c_w$
 and 
 $c_w'$
 are equivalent to c. We conclude that for fixed
$c_w'$
 are equivalent to c. We conclude that for fixed 
 $k_1,k_2 \geq 0$
 and
$k_1,k_2 \geq 0$
 and 
 $k_3 \geq 1$
, the subset of all
$k_3 \geq 1$
, the subset of all 
 $A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 such that
$A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c',n)$
 such that 
 $\left \lvert {\mathcal {W}}_i\right \rvert =k_i$
 for
$\left \lvert {\mathcal {W}}_i\right \rvert =k_i$
 for 
 $i=1,2,3$
 gives a contribution to the sum (7.1) of at most
$i=1,2,3$
 gives a contribution to the sum (7.1) of at most 
 $$ \begin{align} \left(L\sum_{c_1 \in \mathcal{U}} F_{c_1}(z) \right)^{k_1+k_2} \left( L^2 \sum_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime}) \in \mathcal{I}_{\mathrm{pair},p}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z)^n)_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime})} \right)^{k_3}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \left(L\sum_{c_1 \in \mathcal{U}} F_{c_1}(z) \right)^{k_1+k_2} \left( L^2 \sum_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime}) \in \mathcal{I}_{\mathrm{pair},p}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z)^n)_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime})} \right)^{k_3}. \end{align} $$
 Lemma 6.3 tells us that 
 $F_{c_1}(R)$
 is finite for every
$F_{c_1}(R)$
 is finite for every 
 $c_1 \in \mathcal {U}$
. In particular, by monotonicity of the entries of
$c_1 \in \mathcal {U}$
. In particular, by monotonicity of the entries of 
 $F_{c_1}(z)$
, there is some constant
$F_{c_1}(z)$
, there is some constant 
 $L'$
 which does not depend on n such that
$L'$
 which does not depend on n such that 
 $$\begin{align*}L \sum_{c_1 \in \mathcal{U}} F_{c_1}(z) \leq L'\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}L \sum_{c_1 \in \mathcal{U}} F_{c_1}(z) \leq L'\end{align*}$$
for all 
 $z \in [0,R]$
.
$z \in [0,R]$
.
 Recall that for any matrix norm 
 $\left \lVert \cdot \right \rVert $
 and any matrix A with spectral radius
$\left \lVert \cdot \right \rVert $
 and any matrix A with spectral radius 
 $\lambda $
 there are finite constants
$\lambda $
 there are finite constants 
 $M,m$
 such that
$M,m$
 such that 
 $\left \lVert A^n\right \rVert \leq M n^m \lambda ^n$
 holds for every
$\left \lVert A^n\right \rVert \leq M n^m \lambda ^n$
 holds for every 
 $n \in \mathbb {N}$
. An easy way to verify this is by computing powers of Jordan blocks in the Jordan normal form of A. Applying this to
$n \in \mathbb {N}$
. An easy way to verify this is by computing powers of Jordan blocks in the Jordan normal form of A. Applying this to 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
, we obtain
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
, we obtain 
 $$ \begin{align} L^2 \sum_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime}) \in \mathcal{I}_{\mathrm{pair},p}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z)^n)_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime})} \leq M n^m \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} L^2 \sum_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime}) \in \mathcal{I}_{\mathrm{pair},p}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z)^n)_{( c_3, c_4), (c_3^{\prime}, c_4^{\prime})} \leq M n^m \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z). \end{align} $$
 Utilising these estimates and that 
 $0 \leq k_1+k_2 \leq 2K$
 and
$0 \leq k_1+k_2 \leq 2K$
 and 
 $1 \leq k_3 \leq K$
, from (7.1) we obtain
$1 \leq k_3 \leq K$
, from (7.1) we obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} \leq \sum_{k_1=0}^{2K} \sum_{k_3=1}^K (L^{\prime})^{k_1} \left(M n^m \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z)\right)^{k_3}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} \leq \sum_{k_1=0}^{2K} \sum_{k_3=1}^K (L^{\prime})^{k_1} \left(M n^m \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z)\right)^{k_3}. \end{align*}$$
 Note that 
 $\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z) \leq 1$
 by Lemma 7.1 combined with Lemma 5.8. Thus
$\lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z) \leq 1$
 by Lemma 7.1 combined with Lemma 5.8. Thus 
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} \leq M^{\prime} n^{m^{\prime}} \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z) \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} \leq M^{\prime} n^{m^{\prime}} \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z) \end{align*}$$
holds for some new constants 
 $M^{\prime }$
 and
$M^{\prime }$
 and 
 $m^{\prime }$
 independent of n.
$m^{\prime }$
 independent of n.
Taking n-th roots and sending n to infinity, an application of Gelfand’s formula completes the proof:
 $$\begin{align*}\lambda_{\mathcal{K}}(z)= \lim_{n \to \infty} \left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n\right\rVert_{\infty}^{1/n} \leq \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z).\\[-42pt] \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\lambda_{\mathcal{K}}(z)= \lim_{n \to \infty} \left\lVert\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n\right\rVert_{\infty}^{1/n} \leq \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}(z).\\[-42pt] \end{align*}$$
Lemma 7.3. For every 
 $z\in (0,R]$
 we have
$z\in (0,R]$
 we have 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
.
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(z) \leq \lambda _{\mathrm {pair},\mathrm {disj}}(z)$
.
Proof. We follow a similar strategy as in the proof of Lemma 7.2. Let 
 $\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U}$
 be a strong component of D and let
$\mathcal {K} \subseteq \mathcal {U}$
 be a strong component of D and let 
 $c,c^{\prime }$
 be two configurations in
$c,c^{\prime }$
 be two configurations in 
 $\mathcal {K}$
. Then
$\mathcal {K}$
. Then 
 $$ \begin{align} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} = \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align} $$
As in the previous proof we translate every 
 $A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 to the SAW
$A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 to the SAW 
 $\varphi (A)$
 represented by A. Then we decompose
$\varphi (A)$
 represented by A. Then we decompose 
 $\varphi (A)$
 at every vertex contained in the adhesion sets
$\varphi (A)$
 at every vertex contained in the adhesion sets 
 $\mathcal {V}(\iota ) \cup \mathcal {V}(\tau )$
, where
$\mathcal {V}(\iota ) \cup \mathcal {V}(\tau )$
, where 
 $\iota $
 and
$\iota $
 and 
 $\tau $
 are source and target arc of A. We end up with sub-walks
$\tau $
 are source and target arc of A. We end up with sub-walks 
 $w_1, \dots , w_k$
 of
$w_1, \dots , w_k$
 of 
 $\varphi (A)$
 and categorise them into classes (i) to (iv). However, because A is a c–
$\varphi (A)$
 and categorise them into classes (i) to (iv). However, because A is a c–
 $c'$
-completion for two I-configurations c and
$c'$
-completion for two I-configurations c and 
 $c^{\prime }$
, the walk
$c^{\prime }$
, the walk 
 $\varphi (A)$
 starts at
$\varphi (A)$
 starts at 
 $\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
 and ends at
$\mathcal {V}(\iota )$
 and ends at 
 $\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
. This means that class (iii) contains one more walk than class (iv). We denote by
$\mathcal {V}(\tau )$
. This means that class (iii) contains one more walk than class (iv). We denote by 
 $w_0$
 the walk
$w_0$
 the walk 
 $w_i$
 with maximal index i in class (iii). Excluding
$w_i$
 with maximal index i in class (iii). Excluding 
 $w_0$
, as before we can build pairs, each consisting of a walk of class (iii) and a walk of class (iv). Denote by
$w_0$
, as before we can build pairs, each consisting of a walk of class (iii) and a walk of class (iv). Denote by 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_1$
,
${\mathcal {W}}_1$
, 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_2$
 and
${\mathcal {W}}_2$
 and 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 the sets of walks
${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 the sets of walks 
 $w_i$
 of class (i), class (ii) and the set of pairs
$w_i$
 of class (i), class (ii) and the set of pairs 
 $(w_i,w_j)$
 of classes (iii) and (iv), respectively.
$(w_i,w_j)$
 of classes (iii) and (iv), respectively.
 As before, for every 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1 \cup {\mathcal {W}}_2$
 there is a
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1 \cup {\mathcal {W}}_2$
 there is a 
 $c_w$
-completion
$c_w$
-completion 
 $A_w$
 representing w provided by Theorem 4.14 such that
$A_w$
 representing w provided by Theorem 4.14 such that 
 $c_w$
 is a U-configuration. Furthermore, for every
$c_w$
 is a U-configuration. Furthermore, for every 
 $(w,w^{\prime }) \in {\mathcal {W}}_3$
 there is a
$(w,w^{\prime }) \in {\mathcal {W}}_3$
 there is a 
 $(c_w,c_{w^{\prime }})$
–
$(c_w,c_{w^{\prime }})$
–
 $(c_{w}^{\prime },c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime })$
-completion
$(c_{w}^{\prime },c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime })$
-completion 
 $(A_w,A_{w'})$
 representing
$(A_w,A_{w'})$
 representing 
 $(w,w^{\prime })$
 such that
$(w,w^{\prime })$
 such that 
 $c_w,c_{w^{\prime }},c_{w}^{\prime }$
 and
$c_w,c_{w^{\prime }},c_{w}^{\prime }$
 and 
 $c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime }$
 are simple configurations. Finally, there is a
$c_{w^{\prime }}^{\prime }$
 are simple configurations. Finally, there is a 
 $c_0$
–
$c_0$
–
 $c_0'$
-completion
$c_0'$
-completion 
 $A_{w_0}$
 representing
$A_{w_0}$
 representing 
 $w_0$
 such that
$w_0$
 such that 
 $c_0$
 and
$c_0$
 and 
 $c_0'$
 are simple configurations.
$c_0'$
 are simple configurations.
 The main difference from the previous proof is that the size 
 $k_3$
 of the set
$k_3$
 of the set 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 need not necessarily be larger than 0. We denote by
${\mathcal {W}}_3$
 need not necessarily be larger than 0. We denote by 
 $\mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 the subset of all
$\mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 the subset of all 
 $A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 such that
$A \in \mathcal {A}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 such that 
 $k_3=0$
 and by
$k_3=0$
 and by 
 $\mathcal {A}_{>0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 its complement
$\mathcal {A}_{>0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 its complement 
 $\mathcal {A}(c,c^{\prime },n) \setminus \mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
. Let us first deal with arrangements in
$\mathcal {A}(c,c^{\prime },n) \setminus \mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
. Let us first deal with arrangements in 
 $\mathcal {A}_{>0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
, which works similarly to the previous proof. The only difference is an additional factor
$\mathcal {A}_{>0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
, which works similarly to the previous proof. The only difference is an additional factor 
 $$\begin{align*}L \sum_{c_0,c_0' \in \mathcal{I}_p} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}_p}(z)^n)_{c_0,c_0^{\prime}} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}L \sum_{c_0,c_0' \in \mathcal{I}_p} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}_p}(z)^n)_{c_0,c_0^{\prime}} \end{align*}$$
in the analogue of equation (7.2) coming from the walk 
 $w_0$
. As in (7.3), we can bound this factor from above by
$w_0$
. As in (7.3), we can bound this factor from above by 
 $M_0 n^{m_0} \lambda _{I_p}^n(z)$
, for some constants
$M_0 n^{m_0} \lambda _{I_p}^n(z)$
, for some constants 
 $M_0$
 and
$M_0$
 and 
 $m_0$
 independent from n. By Lemma 5.8 we have that
$m_0$
 independent from n. By Lemma 5.8 we have that 
 $\lambda _{I_p}(z) \leq 1$
; thus we again end up with
$\lambda _{I_p}(z) \leq 1$
; thus we again end up with 
 $$ \begin{align} \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}_{>0}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \leq M' n^{m'} \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z) \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}_{>0}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \leq M' n^{m'} \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z) \end{align} $$
for some constants 
 $M', m'$
 independent of n.
$M', m'$
 independent of n.
 We are left to deal with arrangements in 
 $\mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
. Here we need to treat the
$\mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
. Here we need to treat the 
 $c_w$
-completions
$c_w$
-completions 
 $A_w$
 for
$A_w$
 for 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1 \cup {\mathcal {W}}_2$
 more carefully. Let
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1 \cup {\mathcal {W}}_2$
 more carefully. Let 
 $S_w$
 be the support of
$S_w$
 be the support of 
 $A_w$
 and denote by W the open path in T connecting
$A_w$
 and denote by W the open path in T connecting 
 $\iota $
 and
$\iota $
 and 
 $\tau $
. Then
$\tau $
. Then 
 $W \cap S_w$
 is an open path of W containing
$W \cap S_w$
 is an open path of W containing 
 $\iota $
 if
$\iota $
 if 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1$
 and
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1$
 and 
 $\tau $
 if
$\tau $
 if 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_2$
. Denote by
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_2$
. Denote by 
 $j_w \in [n]$
 the length of this open path. Then
$j_w \in [n]$
 the length of this open path. Then 
 $A_w$
 consists of a
$A_w$
 consists of a 
 $c_w$
–
$c_w$
–
 $c^{\prime }_w$
-completion of length
$c^{\prime }_w$
-completion of length 
 $j_w-1$
 for some nonboring U-configuration
$j_w-1$
 for some nonboring U-configuration 
 $c^{\prime }_w$
 and a
$c^{\prime }_w$
 and a 
 $c^{\prime }_w$
-completion. We claim that there is a constant N independent of n such that
$c^{\prime }_w$
-completion. We claim that there is a constant N independent of n such that 
 $$ \begin{align} \sum_{w \in {\mathcal{W}}_1 \cup {\mathcal{W}}_2} j_w \geq n-N \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \sum_{w \in {\mathcal{W}}_1 \cup {\mathcal{W}}_2} j_w \geq n-N \end{align} $$
holds for every 
 $A \in \mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
. Indeed, by the choice of A for every interior arc e of W the configuration
$A \in \mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
. Indeed, by the choice of A for every interior arc e of W the configuration 
 $\rho (C(e))$
 lies in the component
$\rho (C(e))$
 lies in the component 
 $\mathcal {K}$
 and thus must be transient by Lemma 5.6. In particular
$\mathcal {K}$
 and thus must be transient by Lemma 5.6. In particular 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 must be visited by some
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 must be visited by some 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1 \cap {\mathcal {W}}_2$
, otherwise
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1 \cap {\mathcal {W}}_2$
, otherwise 
 $C(e)=C_{w_0}(e)$
 holds and thus
$C(e)=C_{w_0}(e)$
 holds and thus 
 $\rho (C(e))$
 lies in the same component as the simple configurations
$\rho (C(e))$
 lies in the same component as the simple configurations 
 $c_0$
 and
$c_0$
 and 
 $c_0'$
 and thus is persistent. By Corollary 3.4 there is a constant
$c_0'$
 and thus is persistent. By Corollary 3.4 there is a constant 
 $N'$
 such that
$N'$
 such that 
 $\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)=\emptyset $
 whenever
$\mathcal {V}(e) \cap \mathcal {V}(f)=\emptyset $
 whenever 
 $d_T(e,f) \geq N^{\prime }$
. In particular,
$d_T(e,f) \geq N^{\prime }$
. In particular, 
 $w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1$
 cannot visit
$w \in {\mathcal {W}}_1$
 cannot visit 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
 for any arc e such that
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
 for any arc e such that 
 $d_T(\iota , e)>j_w+N'$
. This implies in particular that (7.6) holds for
$d_T(\iota , e)>j_w+N'$
. This implies in particular that (7.6) holds for 
 $N=2N'$
.
$N=2N'$
.
 For fixed 
 $k \geq 0$
 and integers
$k \geq 0$
 and integers 
 $j_1, \dots j_k \in [n]$
, the subset of all
$j_1, \dots j_k \in [n]$
, the subset of all 
 $A \in \mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 such that
$A \in \mathcal {A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime },n)$
 such that 
 ${\mathcal {W}}_i$
 contains k elements
${\mathcal {W}}_i$
 contains k elements 
 $w_1, \dots , w_k$
 with
$w_1, \dots , w_k$
 with 
 $j_{w_i}=j_i$
 gives a contribution to the sum (7.4) of at most
$j_{w_i}=j_i$
 gives a contribution to the sum (7.4) of at most 
 $$\begin{align*}\left( L \sum_{c_0,c_0^{\prime} \in \mathcal{I}_p} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}_p}(z)^n)_{c_0,c_0^{\prime}}\right) \prod_{i=1}^k \left( L \sum_{c_1,c_1^{\prime} \in \mathcal{U}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^{j_i-1})_{c_1,c_1^{\prime}} F_{c_1^{\prime}}(z) \right) \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\left( L \sum_{c_0,c_0^{\prime} \in \mathcal{I}_p} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}_p}(z)^n)_{c_0,c_0^{\prime}}\right) \prod_{i=1}^k \left( L \sum_{c_1,c_1^{\prime} \in \mathcal{U}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^{j_i-1})_{c_1,c_1^{\prime}} F_{c_1^{\prime}}(z) \right) \end{align*}$$
The first factor is bounded by 
 $M_0 n^{m_0}$
 as in the previous case. For the other factors, we use again that by Lemma 6.3 there is a constant
$M_0 n^{m_0}$
 as in the previous case. For the other factors, we use again that by Lemma 6.3 there is a constant 
 $L'$
 such that
$L'$
 such that 
 $F_{c}(z) \leq L'$
 holds for every
$F_{c}(z) \leq L'$
 holds for every 
 $c \in \mathcal {U}$
 and every
$c \in \mathcal {U}$
 and every 
 $z \in [0,R]$
. Therefore, we bound each factor as in (7.3) to obtain the upper bound
$z \in [0,R]$
. Therefore, we bound each factor as in (7.3) to obtain the upper bound 
 $$\begin{align*}\prod_{i=1}^k \left( L \sum_{c_1,c_1^{\prime} \in \mathcal{U}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^{j_i-1})_{c_1,c_1^{\prime}} F_{c_1^{\prime}}(z) \right) \leq (M_1)^k \prod_{i=1}^k (j_i-1)^{m_1} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^{j_i-1} \leq M_2^k n^{m_2} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^n, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\prod_{i=1}^k \left( L \sum_{c_1,c_1^{\prime} \in \mathcal{U}} (\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^{j_i-1})_{c_1,c_1^{\prime}} F_{c_1^{\prime}}(z) \right) \leq (M_1)^k \prod_{i=1}^k (j_i-1)^{m_1} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^{j_i-1} \leq M_2^k n^{m_2} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}(z)^n, \end{align*}$$
where 
 $M_1, M_2, m_1$
 and
$M_1, M_2, m_1$
 and 
 $m_2$
 are constants independent of n and for the last inequality we use (7.6) and that
$m_2$
 are constants independent of n and for the last inequality we use (7.6) and that 
 $\lambda _U(z) \leq 1$
 by Lemma 7.2.
$\lambda _U(z) \leq 1$
 by Lemma 7.2.
With these estimates we obtain
 $$ \begin{align} \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \leq M_0 n^{m_0} \sum_{k=0}^{2K} \; \sum_{j_1, \dots,j_k=1}^n M_2^k n^{m_2} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}^n(z) \leq M_3 n ^{m_3} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}^n(z) \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \sum_{A \in \mathcal{A}_{=0}(c,c^{\prime},n)} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \leq M_0 n^{m_0} \sum_{k=0}^{2K} \; \sum_{j_1, \dots,j_k=1}^n M_2^k n^{m_2} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}^n(z) \leq M_3 n ^{m_3} \lambda_{\mathcal{U}}^n(z) \end{align} $$
for some new constants 
 $M_3$
 and
$M_3$
 and 
 $m_3$
.
$m_3$
.
Combining equations (7.5) and (7.7) and using Lemma 7.2, we end up with
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} \leq M^{\prime\prime} n^{m^{\prime\prime}} \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z) \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{K}}(z)^n)_{c,c^{\prime}} \leq M^{\prime\prime} n^{m^{\prime\prime}} \lambda_{\mathrm{pair},\mathrm{disj}}^n(z) \end{align*}$$
for some new constants 
 $M^{\prime \prime }$
 and
$M^{\prime \prime }$
 and 
 $m^{\prime \prime }$
. Taking the n-th root and sending n to infinity completes the proof.
$m^{\prime \prime }$
. Taking the n-th root and sending n to infinity completes the proof.
Corollary 7.4. If 
 $\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then
$\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then 
 $R_{\mathcal {U}}>R$
.
$R_{\mathcal {U}}>R$
.
Proof. Since 
 $P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at
$P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at 
 $(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,(F_{c'}(R))_{c'\in \mathcal {C}})$
 for all
$(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,(F_{c'}(R))_{c'\in \mathcal {C}})$
 for all 
 $c\in \mathcal {U}$
 by Proposition 6.1, the matrix
$c\in \mathcal {U}$
 by Proposition 6.1, the matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {U}}(R)$
 is well-defined and has finite entries (for the strong components of
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {U}}(R)$
 is well-defined and has finite entries (for the strong components of 
 $\mathcal {U}$
, this is already implied by Lemma 5.8). It follows from Lemmas 5.8, 7.1 and 7.2 that
$\mathcal {U}$
, this is already implied by Lemma 5.8). It follows from Lemmas 5.8, 7.1 and 7.2 that 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {U}}(R)<1$
, hence
$\lambda _{\mathcal {U}}(R)<1$
, hence 
 $I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {U}}(R)$
 is invertible. Since
$I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {U}}(R)$
 is invertible. Since 
 $P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at
$P_c(z,\mathbf {y})$
 is analytic at 
 $(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,(F_{c'}(R))_{c'\in \mathcal {C}})$
 for all
$(z,\mathbf {y})=(R,(F_{c'}(R))_{c'\in \mathcal {C}})$
 for all 
 $c\in \mathcal {U}$
, it follows from the analytic Implicit Function Theorem that the functions
$c\in \mathcal {U}$
, it follows from the analytic Implicit Function Theorem that the functions 
 $F_c(z)$
 for
$F_c(z)$
 for 
 $c\in \mathcal {U}$
 are analytic in a neighbourhood of R.
$c\in \mathcal {U}$
 are analytic in a neighbourhood of R.
8 Proof of main results
In this section we will prove the main results of this paper building on the results developed in the previous sections.
 Our overall strategy is to exploit the close connection between c-completions and SAWs to obtain an expression for the SAW-generating function 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 in terms of the functions
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 in terms of the functions 
 $F_c(z)$
. To do this, recall that Theorem 4.16 allows us to bijectively translate every SAW w on G into a complete arrangement
$F_c(z)$
. To do this, recall that Theorem 4.16 allows us to bijectively translate every SAW w on G into a complete arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on the support of w representing w such that
$A=(P,C)$
 on the support of w representing w such that 
 $\left \lVert A\right \rVert $
 coincides with the length of w. By Lemma 4.18 the shape
$\left \lVert A\right \rVert $
 coincides with the length of w. By Lemma 4.18 the shape 
 $P(s_0)$
 of the source
$P(s_0)$
 of the source 
 $s_0$
 of A starts with the first arc of p. In particular, even when fixing the starting vertex o of our SAWs,
$s_0$
 of A starts with the first arc of p. In particular, even when fixing the starting vertex o of our SAWs, 
 $s_0$
 may still vary depending on the specific choice of w, the only restriction is that
$s_0$
 may still vary depending on the specific choice of w, the only restriction is that 
 $\mathcal {V}(s_0)$
 has to contain o. To get rid of this small inconvenience, let us first manipulate our tree decomposition.
$\mathcal {V}(s_0)$
 has to contain o. To get rid of this small inconvenience, let us first manipulate our tree decomposition.
 Fix 
 $o \in V(G)$
 and let S be the subtree of T induced by all vertices
$o \in V(G)$
 and let S be the subtree of T induced by all vertices 
 $t \in V(T)$
 for which
$t \in V(T)$
 for which 
 $\mathcal {V}(t)$
 contains a vertex at distance at most
$\mathcal {V}(t)$
 contains a vertex at distance at most 
 $2$
 from o. Note that S is finite by Proposition 3.3 and that
$2$
 from o. Note that S is finite by Proposition 3.3 and that 
 $\mathcal {G}(S)$
 contains all edges of G incident to o or one of its neighbours. Let
$\mathcal {G}(S)$
 contains all edges of G incident to o or one of its neighbours. Let 
 $\mathcal {T}'=(T',\mathcal {V}') = \mathcal {T}/S$
 be the tree decomposition obtained from
$\mathcal {T}'=(T',\mathcal {V}') = \mathcal {T}/S$
 be the tree decomposition obtained from 
 $\mathcal {T}$
 by contracting all interior edges of S and let
$\mathcal {T}$
 by contracting all interior edges of S and let 
 $s_0$
 be the vertex of
$s_0$
 be the vertex of 
 $T'$
 representing
$T'$
 representing 
 $V(S)$
. Clearly the tree decomposition
$V(S)$
. Clearly the tree decomposition 
 $\mathcal {T}'$
 is not
$\mathcal {T}'$
 is not 
 $\Gamma $
-invariant, as the new part
$\Gamma $
-invariant, as the new part 
 $\mathcal {V}'(s_0)$
 plays a special role and cannot be mapped to any other parts. However, every arc
$\mathcal {V}'(s_0)$
 plays a special role and cannot be mapped to any other parts. However, every arc 
 $e \in E(T')$
 pointing towards
$e \in E(T')$
 pointing towards 
 $s_0$
 was also present in T and the open cone
$s_0$
 was also present in T and the open cone 
 $K_e$
 in
$K_e$
 in 
 $T'$
 coincides with the respective cone in T, so c-completions and their generating functions remain the same. By Theorem 4.16 any SAW w starting at o is represented by a unique complete arrangement A on the support of w in
$T'$
 coincides with the respective cone in T, so c-completions and their generating functions remain the same. By Theorem 4.16 any SAW w starting at o is represented by a unique complete arrangement A on the support of w in 
 $T'$
. Clearly
$T'$
. Clearly 
 $P(s_0)$
 starts at o. Moreover, all edges incident to o are contained in the part
$P(s_0)$
 starts at o. Moreover, all edges incident to o are contained in the part 
 $\mathcal {V}'(s_0)$
 by construction of
$\mathcal {V}'(s_0)$
 by construction of 
 $\mathcal {T}'$
. Thus by Lemma 4.18 the source of A has to be
$\mathcal {T}'$
. Thus by Lemma 4.18 the source of A has to be 
 $s_0$
. We obtain
$s_0$
. We obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= \sum_{w \text{ SAW starting at } o} z^{\left\lvert w\right\rvert}= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ compl. arr.} \\ \text{with source }s_0\text{ s.t.} \\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= \sum_{w \text{ SAW starting at } o} z^{\left\lvert w\right\rvert}= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ compl. arr.} \\ \text{with source }s_0\text{ s.t.} \\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert}. \end{align*}$$
 By decomposing the tree 
 $T'$
 into an open star centred at
$T'$
 into an open star centred at 
 $s_0$
 and possibly infinitely many cones
$s_0$
 and possibly infinitely many cones 
 $K_{\bar e}$
 for
$K_{\bar e}$
 for 
 $e \in E(s_0)$
 and the respective arrangement on the open subtree S into an arrangement
$e \in E(s_0)$
 and the respective arrangement on the open subtree S into an arrangement 
 $A=(P,C)$
 on
$A=(P,C)$
 on 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_0)$
 and
$\mathrm {star}(s_0)$
 and 
 $C(e)$
-completions for all nonboring configurations on arcs e of
$C(e)$
-completions for all nonboring configurations on arcs e of 
 $\mathrm {star}(s_0)$
, we conclude
$\mathrm {star}(s_0)$
, we conclude 
 $$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align*}$$
We point out that all arrangements A included in the sum satisfy 
 $X(e) = \bar e$
 for every
$X(e) = \bar e$
 for every 
 $e \in E(s_0)$
 because by construction o is not included in any adhesion set.
$e \in E(s_0)$
 because by construction o is not included in any adhesion set.
 To analyse 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 we need to first isolate the terms that determine its radius of convergence. To this end we write
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 we need to first isolate the terms that determine its radius of convergence. To this end we write 
 $$ \begin{align} F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= F^1_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)+F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z), \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= F^1_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)+F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z), \end{align} $$
where
 $$\begin{align*}F^1_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o\text{ and} \\ \forall e \in E(s_0)\colon Y(e)=\bar{e}}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z) \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F^1_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o\text{ and} \\ \forall e \in E(s_0)\colon Y(e)=\bar{e}}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z) \end{align*}$$
and
 $$\begin{align*}F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=\sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o \\ \exists \, e_0\in E(s_0)\colon Y(e_0)=e_0}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=\sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o \\ \exists \, e_0\in E(s_0)\colon Y(e_0)=e_0}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align*}$$
Proposition 8.1 below implies that 
 $F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is analytic at
$F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is analytic at 
 $z=R$
. Hence only
$z=R$
. Hence only 
 $F^2_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is relevant. In order to study the latter we further write
$F^2_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is relevant. In order to study the latter we further write 
 $$ \begin{align} F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=\mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{-}}(z)\sum_{k=0}^\infty \mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z)^k \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z) \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=\mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{-}}(z)\sum_{k=0}^\infty \mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z)^k \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z) \end{align} $$
where 
 $\mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {-}}(z)=(F^{\mathrm {-}}_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}$
 is the vector with entries
$\mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {-}}(z)=(F^{\mathrm {-}}_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}$
 is the vector with entries 
 $$\begin{align*}F^{\mathrm{-}}_c(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o \\ \exists \, e_0\in E(s_0) \colon C(e_0)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)\setminus\{e_0\}} F_{C(e)}(z) \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F^{\mathrm{-}}_c(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o \\ \exists \, e_0\in E(s_0) \colon C(e_0)=c}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)\setminus\{e_0\}} F_{C(e)}(z) \end{align*}$$
and 
 $\mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {+}}(z)=(F^{\mathrm {+}}_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}$
 is the vector with entries
$\mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {+}}(z)=(F^{\mathrm {+}}_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}$
 is the vector with entries 
 $$\begin{align*}F^{\mathrm{+}}_c(z)=\sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(x^-):\\ C(x)=c\text{ and} \\ \forall e \in E(x^-)\colon Y(e)=\bar{e}}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,x^-)\setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F^{\mathrm{+}}_c(z)=\sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(x^-):\\ C(x)=c\text{ and} \\ \forall e \in E(x^-)\colon Y(e)=\bar{e}}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,x^-)\setminus \{x\}} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align*}$$
By Lemma 5.8, we know that
 $$ \begin{align} F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=\mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{-}}(z)(I-\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z))^{-1} \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z) \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} F^2_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=\mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{-}}(z)(I-\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z))^{-1} \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z) \end{align} $$
for 
 $z<R$
.
$z<R$
.
 In order to prove Theorem 1.1, by [Reference Panagiotis41, Theorem 4] it suffices to show that 
 $\mu _p<\mu _w$
, where
$\mu _p<\mu _w$
, where 
 $\mu _p$
 and
$\mu _p$
 and 
 $\mu _w$
 are the connective constants for SAPs and SAWs, respectively. To stay within the framework of our definitions, it will be convenient to work with self-avoiding returns (SARs) instead of SAPs. By construction of
$\mu _w$
 are the connective constants for SAPs and SAWs, respectively. To stay within the framework of our definitions, it will be convenient to work with self-avoiding returns (SARs) instead of SAPs. By construction of 
 $\mathcal {T}'$
 all edges incident to neighbours of o are contained in the part
$\mathcal {T}'$
 all edges incident to neighbours of o are contained in the part 
 $\mathcal {V}'(s_0)$
. Thus by Lemma 4.18 every SAR w starting at o is represented by a unique complete arrangement A on the support of w in
$\mathcal {V}'(s_0)$
. Thus by Lemma 4.18 every SAR w starting at o is represented by a unique complete arrangement A on the support of w in 
 $T'$
 with source and target
$T'$
 with source and target 
 $s_0$
 such that
$s_0$
 such that 
 $P(s_0)$
 starts at o and ends at a neighbour of o. Let
$P(s_0)$
 starts at o and ends at a neighbour of o. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAR}}(z)= \sum_{w \text{ SAR starting at } o} z^{\left\lvert w\right\rvert}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAR}}(z)= \sum_{w \text{ SAR starting at } o} z^{\left\lvert w\right\rvert}.\end{align*}$$
As above, we obtain
 $$ \begin{align} F_{\mathrm{SAR}}(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o\text{ and ends in }N(o)}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} F_{\mathrm{SAR}}(z)= \sum_{\substack{A\text{ arr. on }\mathrm{star}(s_0):\\ P(s_0)\text{ starts at }o\text{ and ends in }N(o)}} z^{\left\lVert A\right\rVert} \prod_{e \in \mathrm{nb}(A,s_0)} F_{C(e)}(z). \end{align} $$
Observe that the condition 
 $X(e)=Y(e)=\bar {e}$
 for every
$X(e)=Y(e)=\bar {e}$
 for every 
 $e \in E(s_0)$
 implies that each configuration
$e \in E(s_0)$
 implies that each configuration 
 $C(e)$
 is a U-configuration.
$C(e)$
 is a U-configuration.
We will now prove the following result.
Proposition 8.1. Each of the functions 
 $F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
,
$F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
, 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAR}}(z)$
,
$F_{\mathrm {SAR}}(z)$
, 
 $F^{\mathrm {-}}(z)$
 and
$F^{\mathrm {-}}(z)$
 and 
 $F^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
 is analytic at
$F^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
 is analytic at 
 $z=R$
. Moreover, the function
$z=R$
. Moreover, the function 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is analytic in the interval
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is analytic in the interval 
 $(0,R)$
.
$(0,R)$
.
Proof. Let 
 $F(z)$
 be any of the functions
$F(z)$
 be any of the functions 
 $F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
,
$F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
, 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAR}}(z)$
,
$F_{\mathrm {SAR}}(z)$
, 
 $F_c^{\mathrm {-}}(z)$
 and
$F_c^{\mathrm {-}}(z)$
 and 
 $F_c^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
. Then there is some
$F_c^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
. Then there is some 
 $s \in V(T)$
 such that each of the walks counted by
$s \in V(T)$
 such that each of the walks counted by 
 $F(z)$
 starts at some given vertex
$F(z)$
 starts at some given vertex 
 $v_0$
 in
$v_0$
 in 
 $V(s)$
 and ends in
$V(s)$
 and ends in 
 $V(s)$
. Let w be one of these walks. We decompose w as follows.
$V(s)$
. Let w be one of these walks. We decompose w as follows.
 Let 
 $e_1$
 and
$e_1$
 and 
 $e_2$
 be the first and last arc of w not in
$e_2$
 be the first and last arc of w not in 
 $\mathcal {E}(s)$
, respectively, and let
$\mathcal {E}(s)$
, respectively, and let 
 $v_1=e_1^-$
 and
$v_1=e_1^-$
 and 
 $v_2 = e_2^+$
. If no such arcs exist, we set
$v_2 = e_2^+$
. If no such arcs exist, we set 
 $v_1 = v_2 = w^+$
. Then
$v_1 = v_2 = w^+$
. Then 
 $w v_1$
 and
$w v_1$
 and 
 $v_2 w$
 are SAWs on
$v_2 w$
 are SAWs on 
 $\mathcal {G}(s)$
. If
$\mathcal {G}(s)$
. If 
 $v_1 \neq v_2$
, let
$v_1 \neq v_2$
, let 
 $f_1,f_2 \in E(s)$
 be such that
$f_1,f_2 \in E(s)$
 be such that 
 $e_i$
 is an edge of
$e_i$
 is an edge of 
 $\mathcal {G}(K_{\bar f_i})$
. Then
$\mathcal {G}(K_{\bar f_i})$
. Then 
 $v_1 w v_2$
 is a SAW on G starting in
$v_1 w v_2$
 is a SAW on G starting in 
 $\mathcal {V}(f_1)$
 and ending in
$\mathcal {V}(f_1)$
 and ending in 
 $\mathcal {V}(f_2)$
. If
$\mathcal {V}(f_2)$
. If 
 $f_1 = f_2$
, then
$f_1 = f_2$
, then 
 $v_1 w v_2$
 can be represented by a pair consisting of a c-completion on the cone
$v_1 w v_2$
 can be represented by a pair consisting of a c-completion on the cone 
 $K_{f_1}$
 and a
$K_{f_1}$
 and a 
 $c'$
-completion on the cone
$c'$
-completion on the cone 
 $K_{\bar f_1}$
. Note that c and
$K_{\bar f_1}$
. Note that c and 
 $c'$
 are U-configurations which only differ in their entry and exit direction. Assume now that
$c'$
 are U-configurations which only differ in their entry and exit direction. Assume now that 
 $f_1 \neq f_2$
. Then
$f_1 \neq f_2$
. Then 
 $v_1 w v_2$
 can be represented by a triple consisting of a
$v_1 w v_2$
 can be represented by a triple consisting of a 
 $c_1$
-completion on the cone
$c_1$
-completion on the cone 
 $K_{\bar f_1}$
, a
$K_{\bar f_1}$
, a 
 $c_2$
-completion on
$c_2$
-completion on 
 $K_{\bar f_2}$
, and a
$K_{\bar f_2}$
, and a 
 $c_1'$
–
$c_1'$
–
 $c_2'$
-completion of length 1 on
$c_2'$
-completion of length 1 on 
 $K_{f_1} \cap K_{f_2}$
 which contributes to
$K_{f_1} \cap K_{f_2}$
 which contributes to 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}$
. Here
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}$
. Here 
 $c_1$
 and
$c_1$
 and 
 $c_2$
 are U-configurations,
$c_2$
 are U-configurations, 
 $c_1'$
 and
$c_1'$
 and 
 $c_2'$
 are I-configurations,
$c_2'$
 are I-configurations, 
 $c_1$
 and
$c_1$
 and 
 $c_1'$
 only differ in their entry direction while
$c_1'$
 only differ in their entry direction while 
 $c_2$
 and
$c_2$
 and 
 $c_2'$
 only differ in their exit direction.
$c_2'$
 only differ in their exit direction.
 With this decomposition in hand, the analyticity of 
 $F(z)$
 follows from Proposition 6.1, Proposition 6.2 and Lemma 6.6.
$F(z)$
 follows from Proposition 6.1, Proposition 6.2 and Lemma 6.6.
 To see that 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is analytic in the interval
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is analytic in the interval 
 $(0,R)$
, recall that by (8.1) and (8.3) we have that
$(0,R)$
, recall that by (8.1) and (8.3) we have that 
 $$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=F^1_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)+\mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{-}}(z)(I-\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z))^{-1} \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)=F^1_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)+\mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{-}}(z)(I-\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z))^{-1} \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z). \end{align*}$$
is finite for 
 $z \in (0,R)$
.
$z \in (0,R)$
.
 With the above result in hands we can show that R is determined by 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
.
$\mathcal {I}_p$
.
Proposition 8.2. If 
 $\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then we have
$\Gamma $
 does not fix an end of T, then we have 
 $R_{\mathcal {I}_p}=R$
.
$R_{\mathcal {I}_p}=R$
.
Proof. First, we claim that 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)=1$
. Assume for a contradiction that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)=1$
. Assume for a contradiction that 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)<1$
. Then
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)<1$
. Then 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(R)<1$
 by Lemmas 5.8, 7.1 and 7.3. Recall that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(R)<1$
 by Lemmas 5.8, 7.1 and 7.3. Recall that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
 is analytic at
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
 is analytic at 
 $z=R$
 by Proposition 6.2. Then
$z=R$
 by Proposition 6.2. Then 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(z)<1$
 for every z in a neighbourhood of R. Now, observe that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(z)<1$
 for every z in a neighbourhood of R. Now, observe that 
 $$ \begin{align} (F_c(z))_{c\in\mathcal{I}}=\sum_{n=0}^\infty\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z)^n \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z) \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} (F_c(z))_{c\in\mathcal{I}}=\sum_{n=0}^\infty\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z)^n \mathbf{F}^{\mathrm{+}}(z) \end{align} $$
provided that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
 and
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
 and 
 $\mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
 are analytic. If
$\mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
 are analytic. If 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(z)<1$
, this implies that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(z)<1$
, this implies that 
 $(F_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}= (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))^{-1} \mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
.
$(F_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}= (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))^{-1} \mathbf {F}^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
.
 Since this holds at 
 $z=R$
, it follows that
$z=R$
, it follows that 
 $(F_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}$
 is analytic at
$(F_c(z))_{c\in \mathcal {I}}$
 is analytic at 
 $z=R$
, hence
$z=R$
, hence 
 $R_{\mathcal {I}}>R$
. The latter together with Corollary 7.4 implies that
$R_{\mathcal {I}}>R$
. The latter together with Corollary 7.4 implies that 
 $R>R$
, which is absurd. This proves the claim.
$R>R$
, which is absurd. This proves the claim.
 Since 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)=1$
, equation (8.5) together with the fact that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)=1$
, equation (8.5) together with the fact that 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
 is a strong component implies that
$\mathcal {I}_p$
 is a strong component implies that 
 $F_c(R)$
 is infinite for every
$F_c(R)$
 is infinite for every 
 $c\in \mathcal {I}_p$
. The desired assertion follows.
$c\in \mathcal {I}_p$
. The desired assertion follows.
 We are now ready to prove the main results of this paper. We first show that SAW is ballistic. In order to prove Theorem 1.2, we will show the strict inequality 
 $\mu _p<\mu _w$
. The fact that this implies the ballisticity of SAW was proved in [Reference Panagiotis41, Theorem 4]. This result was proved for transitive graphs but as explained in [Reference Panagiotis41, Remark 4.1], it can be extended to graphs which are not necessarily transitive but satisfy
$\mu _p<\mu _w$
. The fact that this implies the ballisticity of SAW was proved in [Reference Panagiotis41, Theorem 4]. This result was proved for transitive graphs but as explained in [Reference Panagiotis41, Remark 4.1], it can be extended to graphs which are not necessarily transitive but satisfy 
 $$\begin{align*}\limsup_{n\to\infty}\left( \sup_{x\in V} p_n(x) \right)^{1/n}<\liminf_{n\to\infty} \left(\inf_{x\in V} c_n(x)\right)^{1/n},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\limsup_{n\to\infty}\left( \sup_{x\in V} p_n(x) \right)^{1/n}<\liminf_{n\to\infty} \left(\inf_{x\in V} c_n(x)\right)^{1/n},\end{align*}$$
where we recall that 
 $p_n(x)$
 denotes the number of self-avoiding polygons of length n with initial vertex x, and
$p_n(x)$
 denotes the number of self-avoiding polygons of length n with initial vertex x, and 
 $c_n(x)$
 denotes the number of self-avoiding walks of length n with initial vertex x. In particular, the result of [Reference Panagiotis41, Theorem 4] holds for quasi-transitive graphs.
$c_n(x)$
 denotes the number of self-avoiding walks of length n with initial vertex x. In particular, the result of [Reference Panagiotis41, Theorem 4] holds for quasi-transitive graphs.
Proof of Theorem 1.2.
 By Proposition 8.1, the generating function 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAR}}(z)$
 is analytic at
$F_{\mathrm {SAR}}(z)$
 is analytic at 
 $z=R$
. Since there are fewer self-avoiding polygons of length n containing o than self-avoiding returns starting at o, it follows that
$z=R$
. Since there are fewer self-avoiding polygons of length n containing o than self-avoiding returns starting at o, it follows that 
 $\mu _p < 1/R$
.
$\mu _p < 1/R$
.
 Let p be a shortest walk from o to some adhesion set 
 $\mathcal {V}(e)$
, where
$\mathcal {V}(e)$
, where 
 $e^+ = s_0$
. Let c be the simple configuration
$e^+ = s_0$
. Let c be the simple configuration 
 $(q,x,y)$
 where q is the walk consisting only of the terminal vertex of p,
$(q,x,y)$
 where q is the walk consisting only of the terminal vertex of p, 
 $x=e$
, and
$x=e$
, and 
 $y=\bar e$
. Then
$y=\bar e$
. Then 
 $z^{\left \lvert p\right \rvert } F_c(z) \leq F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 because p together with the walk corresponding to any c-completion is a self-avoiding walk. This together with Proposition 8.2 implies that
$z^{\left \lvert p\right \rvert } F_c(z) \leq F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 because p together with the walk corresponding to any c-completion is a self-avoiding walk. This together with Proposition 8.2 implies that 
 $\mu _w \geq 1/R_{\mathcal {I}_p} = 1/R$
. The desired result follows.
$\mu _w \geq 1/R_{\mathcal {I}_p} = 1/R$
. The desired result follows.
Remark 8.3. As mentioned in the proof of Theorem 1.2, we have 
 $\mu _w\geq 1/R$
. The reverse inequality
$\mu _w\geq 1/R$
. The reverse inequality 
 $\mu _w\leq 1/R$
 follows from the fact that
$\mu _w\leq 1/R$
 follows from the fact that 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is finite for every
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 is finite for every 
 $z<R$
 by Proposition 8.1. This proves that
$z<R$
 by Proposition 8.1. This proves that 
 $\mu _w=1/R$
.
$\mu _w=1/R$
.
 We will now prove that 
 $c_n$
 grows asymptotically like
$c_n$
 grows asymptotically like 
 $\mu _w^n$
, that is, the subexponential factor is
$\mu _w^n$
, that is, the subexponential factor is 
 $O(1)$
.
$O(1)$
.
Proof of Theorem 1.1.
 We will show that all singularities of 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 on the circle
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 on the circle 
 $|z|=R$
 are simple poles and they are located at the complex k-th roots of
$|z|=R$
 are simple poles and they are located at the complex k-th roots of 
 $R^k$
 for some k, from which the desired result will follow. To this end, let
$R^k$
 for some k, from which the desired result will follow. To this end, let 
 $r>R$
 be such that each of
$r>R$
 be such that each of 
 $F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z), F^{\mathrm {-}}(z), F^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
 and
$F^1_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z), F^{\mathrm {-}}(z), F^{\mathrm {+}}(z)$
 and 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
 is analytic for every
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
 is analytic for every 
 $z\in \mathbb {C}$
 such that
$z\in \mathbb {C}$
 such that 
 $|z|<r$
. Such an r exists by Propositions 6.2 and 8.1. Then the points of singularity of
$|z|<r$
. Such an r exists by Propositions 6.2 and 8.1. Then the points of singularity of 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 for
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 for 
 $|z|<r$
 are the points at which
$|z|<r$
 are the points at which 
 $\det (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))=0$
 by (8.1) and (8.3).
$\det (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))=0$
 by (8.1) and (8.3).
 Since 
 $\det (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))$
 is a nonconstant analytic function, its zeros are isolated, hence we can assume without loss of generality that
$\det (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))$
 is a nonconstant analytic function, its zeros are isolated, hence we can assume without loss of generality that 
 $\det (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))\neq 0$
 for every
$\det (I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))\neq 0$
 for every 
 $R<|z|<r$
. For every
$R<|z|<r$
. For every 
 $|z|<R$
 we have
$|z|<R$
 we have 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(z)<1$
 by Lemma 5.8, thus the only singularities of
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}}(z)<1$
 by Lemma 5.8, thus the only singularities of 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 for
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
 for 
 $|z|<r$
 are at the points of the circle
$|z|<r$
 are at the points of the circle 
 $|z|=R$
 at which
$|z|=R$
 at which 
 $1$
 is an eigenvalue of
$1$
 is an eigenvalue of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
. Let us denote this set by S and consider some
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z)$
. Let us denote this set by S and consider some 
 $w\in S$
.
$w\in S$
.
 We claim that 
 $1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of
$1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(w)$
. Indeed, note that
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(w)$
. Indeed, note that 
 $1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of the irreducible matrix
$1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of the irreducible matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 by the Perron-Frobenius theorem, and that
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 by the Perron-Frobenius theorem, and that 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(R)<1$
 by Lemmas 7.3 and 7.1. Since
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(R)<1$
 by Lemmas 7.3 and 7.1. Since 
 $|\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(w)|\leq \mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(R)$
 for every
$|\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(w)|\leq \mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(R)$
 for every 
 $c,c'\in \mathcal {I}$
 by the triangle inequality we have
$c,c'\in \mathcal {I}$
 by the triangle inequality we have 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)=1$
 and
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)=1$
 and 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(w)<1$
. It thus suffices to show that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(w)<1$
. It thus suffices to show that 
 $1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of
$1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
.
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
.
 Note that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 is not a real matrix in general, and we cannot apply Perron-Frobenius. Instead, we argue as follows. The matrix
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 is not a real matrix in general, and we cannot apply Perron-Frobenius. Instead, we argue as follows. The matrix 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 is irreducible,
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 is irreducible, 
 $|\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(w)|\leq \mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(R)$
 for
$|\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(w)|\leq \mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(R)$
 for 
 $c,c' \in \mathcal {I}_p$
, and
$c,c' \in \mathcal {I}_p$
, and 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 and
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 and 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 have the same spectral radius. Because
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 have the same spectral radius. Because 
 $1$
 is the eigenvalue of
$1$
 is the eigenvalue of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 of maximal modulus, it follows from [Reference Schaefer43, Chapter I, Proposition 6.4] that
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 of maximal modulus, it follows from [Reference Schaefer43, Chapter I, Proposition 6.4] that 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 and
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
 and 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 are similar matrices and thus have the same spectrum. Hence
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
 are similar matrices and thus have the same spectrum. Hence 
 $1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of
$1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
. Since
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w)$
. Since 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(w)<1$
 we deduce that
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(w)<1$
 we deduce that 
 $1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of
$1$
 is a simple eigenvalue of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(w)$
 thus proving our claim.
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(w)$
 thus proving our claim.
 Our aim is to deduce that 
 $(I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))^{-1}$
 has a simple pole at every point in S, which implies that the same holds for
$(I-\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}(z))^{-1}$
 has a simple pole at every point in S, which implies that the same holds for 
 $F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
.
$F_{\mathrm {SAW}}(z)$
.
 Applying [Reference Alm and Janson1, Lemma 9] we obtain for any 
 $w\in S$
 that
$w\in S$
 that 
 $$ \begin{align} \lim_{z\to w} (z-w)(I-\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z))^{-1}=\left(\eta^T(w) \mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}'(w) \xi(w) \right)^{-1}\xi(w) \eta^T(w), \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \lim_{z\to w} (z-w)(I-\mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}(z))^{-1}=\left(\eta^T(w) \mathfrak{J}_{\mathcal{I}}'(w) \xi(w) \right)^{-1}\xi(w) \eta^T(w), \end{align} $$
provided that 
 $\eta ^T(w) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}'(w) \xi (w)\neq 0$
, where
$\eta ^T(w) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}'(w) \xi (w)\neq 0$
, where 
 $\eta (w)$
 and
$\eta (w)$
 and 
 $\xi (w)$
 are left and right eigenvectors of
$\xi (w)$
 are left and right eigenvectors of 
 $\mathfrak {J}(w)$
 corresponding to
$\mathfrak {J}(w)$
 corresponding to 
 $1$
 normalised so that
$1$
 normalised so that 
 $\eta ^T(w)\xi (w)=1$
.
$\eta ^T(w)\xi (w)=1$
.
 To verify the condition note that since 
 $\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(w)<1$
, the only nonzero entries of
$\lambda _{\mathcal {I}_t}(w)<1$
, the only nonzero entries of 
 $\eta (w)$
 and
$\eta (w)$
 and 
 $\xi (w)$
 correspond to elements of
$\xi (w)$
 correspond to elements of 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
, hence
$\mathcal {I}_p$
, hence 
 $\eta ^T(w)\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}'(w) \xi (w)=\eta ^T_p(w)\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) \xi _p(w)$
, where
$\eta ^T(w)\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}}'(w) \xi (w)=\eta ^T_p(w)\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) \xi _p(w)$
, where 
 $\eta _p(w)$
 and
$\eta _p(w)$
 and 
 $\xi _p(w)$
 are the restrictions to
$\xi _p(w)$
 are the restrictions to 
 $\mathcal {I}_p$
. In the particular case
$\mathcal {I}_p$
. In the particular case 
 $w=R$
, we have
$w=R$
, we have 
 $\eta ^T_p(R)\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R) \xi _p(R)\neq 0$
 because by the Perron-Frobenius theorem the entries of
$\eta ^T_p(R)\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R) \xi _p(R)\neq 0$
 because by the Perron-Frobenius theorem the entries of 
 $\eta _p(R)$
 and
$\eta _p(R)$
 and 
 $\xi _p(R)$
 are strictly positive and at least one entry of
$\xi _p(R)$
 are strictly positive and at least one entry of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is strictly increasing in z. Thus it suffices to show that
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(z)$
 is strictly increasing in z. Thus it suffices to show that 
 $\eta ^T_p(w) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) \xi _p(w)=\eta ^T_p(R) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R) \xi _p(R)$
.
$\eta ^T_p(w) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) \xi _p(w)=\eta ^T_p(R) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R) \xi _p(R)$
.
 To this end, let 
 $D=D(w)$
 be an invertible matrix such that
$D=D(w)$
 be an invertible matrix such that 
 $D^{-1}\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w) D=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
. Then
$D^{-1}\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(w) D=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
. Then 
 $D^{-1}\xi _p(w)=\alpha \xi _p(R)$
 and
$D^{-1}\xi _p(w)=\alpha \xi _p(R)$
 and 
 $\eta ^T_p(w)D=\alpha ^{-1}\eta ^T_p(R)$
 for some
$\eta ^T_p(w)D=\alpha ^{-1}\eta ^T_p(R)$
 for some 
 $\alpha \neq 0$
 due to the fact that each of
$\alpha \neq 0$
 due to the fact that each of 
 $D^{-1}\xi _p(w),\xi _p(R),\eta ^T_p(w)D,\eta ^T_p(R)$
 is an eigenvector of a one-dimensional eigenspace of
$D^{-1}\xi _p(w),\xi _p(R),\eta ^T_p(w)D,\eta ^T_p(R)$
 is an eigenvector of a one-dimensional eigenspace of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
. The scalar factor
$\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(R)$
. The scalar factor 
 $\alpha $
 is due to the normalisation. Applying again [Reference Schaefer43, Chapter I, Proposition 6.4] we obtain that
$\alpha $
 is due to the normalisation. Applying again [Reference Schaefer43, Chapter I, Proposition 6.4] we obtain that 
 $|\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(w)|=\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(R)$
 for all
$|\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(w)|=\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(R)$
 for all 
 $c,c'\in \mathcal {I}_p$
, in other words, we have equality in the triangle inequality. This implies that there exist integers
$c,c'\in \mathcal {I}_p$
, in other words, we have equality in the triangle inequality. This implies that there exist integers 
 $k,\ell $
 such that
$k,\ell $
 such that 
 $t_n$
 is a nonzero Taylor coefficient of
$t_n$
 is a nonzero Taylor coefficient of 
 $\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(z)$
 only if
$\mathfrak {J}_{c,c'}(z)$
 only if 
 $n\in k\mathbb {Z}+\ell $
 and
$n\in k\mathbb {Z}+\ell $
 and 
 $w/R$
 is a k-th root of unity.
$w/R$
 is a k-th root of unity.
 Thus 
 $D^{-1}\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(\beta w) D=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(\beta R)$
 for every
$D^{-1}\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(\beta w) D=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}(\beta R)$
 for every 
 $\beta \in [0,1]$
, hence
$\beta \in [0,1]$
, hence 
 $D^{-1}\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) D=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R)$
. This in turn implies that
$D^{-1}\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) D=\mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R)$
. This in turn implies that 
 $\eta ^T_p(w) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) \xi _p(w)=\eta ^T_p(R) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R) \xi _p(R)$
, and we can conclude that (8.6) holds.
$\eta ^T_p(w) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(w) \xi _p(w)=\eta ^T_p(R) \mathfrak {J}_{\mathcal {I}_p}'(R) \xi _p(R)$
, and we can conclude that (8.6) holds.
 Therefore there exist 
 $b_1,b_2,\ldots , b_k \in \mathbb {C}$
 such that the function
$b_1,b_2,\ldots , b_k \in \mathbb {C}$
 such that the function 
 $$\begin{align*}H(z)=F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)-\sum_{i=1}^k \frac{b_i}{w_i-z} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}H(z)=F_{\mathrm{SAW}}(z)-\sum_{i=1}^k \frac{b_i}{w_i-z} \end{align*}$$
is analytic in the open disk 
 $|z|<r$
, where
$|z|<r$
, where 
 $w_1,w_2,\ldots ,w_k$
 are the elements of S. This implies that the n-th Taylor coefficient
$w_1,w_2,\ldots ,w_k$
 are the elements of S. This implies that the n-th Taylor coefficient 
 $h_n$
 of
$h_n$
 of 
 $H(z)$
 around
$H(z)$
 around 
 $0$
 satisfies
$0$
 satisfies 
 $h_n=O((r-\varepsilon )^{-n})$
 for
$h_n=O((r-\varepsilon )^{-n})$
 for 
 $\varepsilon =(r-R)/2>0$
. Taylor expanding we see that
$\varepsilon =(r-R)/2>0$
. Taylor expanding we see that 
 $$\begin{align*}c_n-\sum_{i=1}^k \frac{b_i}{w^{n+1}_i}=h_n=O((r-\varepsilon)^{-n}). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}c_n-\sum_{i=1}^k \frac{b_i}{w^{n+1}_i}=h_n=O((r-\varepsilon)^{-n}). \end{align*}$$
Since each 
 $w_i/R$
 is a k-th root of unity,
$w_i/R$
 is a k-th root of unity, 
 $\mu _w=1/R$
 by Remark 8.3, and
$\mu _w=1/R$
 by Remark 8.3, and 
 $c_n\geq 0$
, it follows that (1.1) holds for some
$c_n\geq 0$
, it follows that (1.1) holds for some 
 $a_1,a_2,\ldots ,a_k\geq 0$
. Since on a quasi-transitive graph
$a_1,a_2,\ldots ,a_k\geq 0$
. Since on a quasi-transitive graph 
 $c_n^{1/n}$
 converges to
$c_n^{1/n}$
 converges to 
 $\mu _w$
 [Reference Hammersley28], it follows that each
$\mu _w$
 [Reference Hammersley28], it follows that each 
 $a_i$
 is strictly positive.
$a_i$
 is strictly positive.
 The second part of the theorem follows now immediately, recalling that on a transitive graph we have 
 $c_n\geq \mu _w^n$
 for every
$c_n\geq \mu _w^n$
 for every 
 $n\geq 1$
.
$n\geq 1$
.
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to the anonymous referees for their helpful comments and suggestions, which have improved the paper.
Funding statement
F. Lehner was partially supported by FWF (Austrian Science Fund) project P31889-N35. C. Lindorfer was partially supported by FWF (Austrian Science Fund) projects P31889-N35 and DK W1230. C. Panagiotis was supported by an EPSRC New Investigator Award (UKRI1019).
Competing interests
The authors have no competing interest to declare.
 
 






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




















